manualshive.com logo in svg

STMicroelectronics STM32F405, Reference Manual

The STMicroelectronics STM32F405 is a powerful microcontroller featuring a Cortex-M4 core, ideal for embedded applications. To get the most out of this product, make sure to download the free Reference Manual from manualshive.com. The manual provides detailed information on how to maximize the STM32F405's capabilities.

Share
Download
background image

DocID018909 Rev 11

49/1731

RM0090

List of figures

56

Figure 97.

Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

Figure 98.

Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Figure 99.

Counter timing diagram, update event when repetition counter 
is not used  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Figure 100. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 1, TIMx_ARR = 0x6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Figure 101. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 102. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 4, TIMx_ARR=0x36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 103. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 104. Counter timing diagram, update event with ARPE=1 (counter underflow) . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Figure 105. Counter timing diagram, Update event with ARPE=1 (counter overflow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Figure 106. Update rate examples depending on mode and TIMx_RCR register settings . . . . . . . . . 525
Figure 107. Control circuit in normal mode, internal clock divided by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Figure 108. TI2 external clock connection example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Figure 109. Control circuit in external clock mode 1  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Figure 110. External trigger input block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Figure 111. Control circuit in external clock mode 2  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Figure 112. Capture/compare channel (example: channel 1 input stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Figure 113. Capture/compare channel 1 main circuit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Figure 114. Output stage of capture/compare channel (channel 1 to 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Figure 115. Output stage of capture/compare channel (channel 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Figure 116. PWM input mode timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Figure 117. Output compare mode, toggle on OC1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Figure 118. Edge-aligned PWM waveforms (ARR=8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Figure 119. Center-aligned PWM waveforms (ARR=8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Figure 120. Complementary output with dead-time insertion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Figure 121. Dead-time waveforms with delay greater than the negative pulse.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Figure 122. Dead-time waveforms with delay greater than the positive pulse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Figure 123. Output behavior in response to a break.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Figure 124. Clearing TIMx OCxREF  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Figure 125. 6-step generation, COM example (OSSR=1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Figure 126. Example of one pulse mode.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Figure 127. Example of counter operation in encoder interface mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Figure 128. Example of encoder interface mode with TI1FP1 polarity inverted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Figure 129. Example of hall sensor interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Figure 130. Control circuit in reset mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Figure 131. Control circuit in gated mode  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Figure 132. Control circuit in trigger mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Figure 133. Control circuit in external clock mode 2 + trigger mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Figure 134. General-purpose timer block diagram  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Figure 135. Counter timing diagram with prescaler division change from 1 to 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Figure 136. Counter timing diagram with prescaler division change from 1 to 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Figure 137. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Figure 138. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Figure 139. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Figure 140. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Figure 141. Counter timing diagram, Update event when ARPE=0 (TIMx_ARR not preloaded). . . . . 587
Figure 142. Counter timing diagram, Update event when ARPE=1 (TIMx_ARR preloaded). . . . . . . . 588
Figure 143. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Figure 144. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Figure 145. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Figure 146. Counter timing diagram, internal clock divided by N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Figure 147. Counter timing diagram, Update event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

Summary of Contents for STM32F405

Page 1: ...2F42xxx and STM32F43xxx constitute a family of microcontrollers with different memory sizes packages and peripherals For ordering information mechanical and electrical device characteristics please re...

Page 2: ...HS DMA bus 63 2 1 8 LCD TFT controller DMA bus 63 2 1 9 DMA2D bus 63 2 1 10 BusMatrix 63 2 1 11 AHB APB bridges APB 64 2 2 Memory organization 64 2 3 Memory map 64 2 3 1 Embedded SRAM 68 2 3 2 Flash...

Page 3: ...x 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx 98 3 9 2 Flash access control register FLASH_ACR for STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx 99 3 9 3 Flash key register FLASH_KEYR 100 3 9 4 Flash option key register FLASH_OPTKEYR 10...

Page 4: ...R 125 5 2 3 Programmable voltage detector PVD 125 5 3 Low power modes 126 5 3 1 Slowing down system clocks 128 5 3 2 Peripheral clock gating 128 5 3 3 Sleep mode 129 5 3 4 Stop mode STM32F405xx 07xx a...

Page 5: ...RCC PLL configuration register RCC_PLLCFGR 163 6 3 3 RCC clock configuration register RCC_CFGR 165 6 3 4 RCC clock interrupt register RCC_CIR 167 6 3 5 RCC AHB1 peripheral reset register RCC_AHB1RSTR...

Page 6: ...RCC PLL configuration register RCC_PLLSAICFGR 206 6 3 25 RCC Dedicated Clock Configuration Register RCC_DCKCFGR 207 6 3 26 RCC register map 210 7 Reset and clock control for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM3...

Page 7: ...clock enable in low power mode register RCC_AHB1LPENR 252 7 3 17 RCC AHB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register RCC_AHB2LPENR 254 7 3 18 RCC AHB3 peripheral clock enable in low power mode...

Page 8: ..._PUPDR x A I J K 284 8 4 5 GPIO port input data register GPIOx_IDR x A I J K 285 8 4 6 GPIO port output data register GPIOx_ODR x A I J K 285 8 4 7 GPIO port bit set reset register GPIOx_BSRR x A I J...

Page 9: ...egister 3 SYSCFG_EXTICR3 300 9 3 6 SYSCFG external interrupt configuration register 4 SYSCFG_EXTICR4 301 9 3 7 Compensation cell control register SYSCFG_CMPCR 302 9 3 8 SYSCFG register maps for STM32F...

Page 10: ...DMA_SxM0AR x 0 7 334 10 5 9 DMA stream x memory 1 address register DMA_SxM1AR x 0 7 334 10 5 10 DMA stream x FIFO control register DMA_SxFCR x 0 7 335 10 5 11 DMA register map 337 11 Chrom Art Accele...

Page 11: ...emory address register DMA2D_FGCMAR 365 11 5 13 DMA2D background CLUT memory address register DMA2D_BGCMAR 366 11 5 14 DMA2D output PFC control register DMA2D_OPFCCR 366 11 5 15 DMA2D output color reg...

Page 12: ...393 13 3 3 Channel selection 393 13 3 4 Single conversion mode 394 13 3 5 Continuous conversion mode 395 13 3 6 Timing diagram 395 13 3 7 Analog watchdog 395 13 3 8 Scan mode 396 13 3 9 Injected chan...

Page 13: ...ster ADC_LTR 425 13 13 9 ADC regular sequence register 1 ADC_SQR1 425 13 13 10 ADC regular sequence register 2 ADC_SQR2 426 13 13 11 ADC regular sequence register 3 ADC_SQR3 426 13 13 12 ADC injected...

Page 14: ...ion 446 14 5 DAC registers 447 14 5 1 DAC control register DAC_CR 447 14 5 2 DAC software trigger register DAC_SWTRIGR 450 14 5 3 DAC channel1 12 bit right aligned data holding register DAC_DHR12R1 45...

Page 15: ...CMI interrupts 467 15 8 DCMI register description 468 15 8 1 DCMI control register 1 DCMI_CR 468 15 8 2 DCMI status register DCMI_SR 470 15 8 3 DCMI raw interrupt status register DCMI_RIS 471 15 8 4 D...

Page 16: ...6 7 8 LTDC Interrupt Enable Register LTDC_IER 496 16 7 9 LTDC Interrupt Status Register LTDC_ISR 497 16 7 10 LTDC Interrupt Clear Register LTDC_ICR 497 16 7 11 LTDC Line Interrupt Position Configurati...

Page 17: ...6 17 3 3 Repetition counter 524 17 3 4 Clock selection 526 17 3 5 Capture compare channels 528 17 3 6 Input capture mode 530 17 3 7 PWM input mode 532 17 3 8 Forced output mode 533 17 3 9 Output compa...

Page 18: ...compare register 2 TIMx_CCR2 575 17 4 16 TIM1 TIM8 capture compare register 3 TIMx_CCR3 575 17 4 17 TIM1 TIM8 capture compare register 4 TIMx_CCR4 576 17 4 18 TIM1 TIM8 break and dead time register T...

Page 19: ...Mx prescaler TIMx_PSC 633 18 4 12 TIMx auto reload register TIMx_ARR 633 18 4 13 TIMx capture compare register 1 TIMx_CCR1 634 18 4 14 TIMx capture compare register 2 TIMx_CCR2 634 18 4 15 TIMx captur...

Page 20: ...nter TIMx_CNT 673 19 4 9 TIM9 12 prescaler TIMx_PSC 673 19 4 10 TIM9 12 auto reload register TIMx_ARR 673 19 4 11 TIM9 12 capture compare register 1 TIMx_CCR1 674 19 4 12 TIM9 12 capture compare regis...

Page 21: ...6 20 4 5 TIM6 TIM7 event generation register TIMx_EGR 696 20 4 6 TIM6 TIM7 counter TIMx_CNT 696 20 4 7 TIM6 TIM7 prescaler TIMx_PSC 697 20 4 8 TIM6 TIM7 auto reload register TIMx_ARR 697 20 4 9 TIM6 T...

Page 22: ...an encryption or a decryption 735 23 3 7 Context swapping 736 23 4 CRYP interrupts 738 23 5 CRYP DMA interface 739 23 6 CRYP registers 739 23 6 1 CRYP control register CRYP_CR for STM32F415 417xx 739...

Page 23: ...H functional description 764 25 3 1 Duration of the processing 766 25 3 2 Data type 766 25 3 3 Message digest computing 768 25 3 4 Message padding 769 25 3 5 Hash operation 770 25 3 6 HMAC operation 7...

Page 24: ...mp function 801 26 3 13 Tamper detection 802 26 3 14 Calibration clock output 803 26 3 15 Alarm output 804 26 4 RTC and low power modes 804 26 5 RTC interrupts 805 26 6 RTC registers 806 26 6 1 RTC ti...

Page 25: ...ption 830 27 3 1 Mode selection 830 27 3 2 I2C slave mode 833 27 3 3 I2C master mode 836 27 3 4 Error conditions 842 27 3 5 Programmable noise filter 843 27 3 6 SDA SCL line control 844 27 3 7 SMBus 8...

Page 26: ...addressing 887 28 3 10 Error flags 889 28 3 11 SPI interrupts 890 28 4 I2 S functional description 891 28 4 1 I2 S general description 891 28 4 2 I2S full duplex 892 28 4 3 Supported audio protocols...

Page 27: ...925 29 7 4 Frame synchronization offset 925 29 7 5 FS signal role 925 29 8 Slot configuration 926 29 9 SAI clock generator 928 29 10 Internal FIFOs 929 29 11 AC 97 link controller 932 29 12 Specific...

Page 28: ...nsmitter USART 958 30 1 USART introduction 958 30 2 USART main features 958 30 3 USART functional description 959 30 3 1 USART character description 962 30 3 2 Transmitter 963 30 3 3 Receiver 966 30 3...

Page 29: ...rating voltage range validation 1026 31 4 4 Card identification process 1027 31 4 5 Block write 1028 31 4 6 Block read 1029 31 4 7 Stream access stream write and stream read MultiMediaCard only 1029 3...

Page 30: ...55 31 9 5 SDIO command response register SDIO_RESPCMD 1056 31 9 6 SDIO response 1 4 register SDIO_RESPx 1056 31 9 7 SDIO data timer register SDIO_DTIMER 1057 31 9 8 SDIO data length register SDIO_DLEN...

Page 31: ...7 5 Message storage 1082 32 7 6 Error management 1084 32 7 7 Bit timing 1084 32 8 bxCAN interrupts 1086 32 9 CAN registers 1088 32 9 1 Register access protection 1088 32 9 2 CAN control and status reg...

Page 32: ...nitialization of a transfer using DMA 1156 33 6 2 Host bus burst access 1156 33 6 3 Host data buffer alignment 1157 33 6 4 Buffer size calculations 1157 33 6 5 DMA arbiter 1158 33 6 6 Error response t...

Page 33: ...USB host states 1243 34 6 3 Host channels 1245 34 6 4 Host scheduler 1246 34 7 SOF trigger 1247 34 7 1 Host SOFs 1247 34 7 2 Peripheral SOFs 1248 34 8 Power options 1248 34 9 Dynamic update of the OTG...

Page 34: ...1362 35 USB on the go high speed OTG_HS 1369 35 1 OTG_HS introduction 1369 35 2 OTG_HS main features 1369 35 2 1 General features 1370 35 2 2 Host mode features 1371 35 2 3 Peripheral mode features 13...

Page 35: ...rs 1418 35 12 4 Device mode registers 1430 35 12 5 OTG_HS power and clock gating control register OTG_HS_PCGCCTL 1458 35 12 6 OTG_HS register map 1458 35 13 OTG_HS programming model 1473 35 13 1 Core...

Page 36: ...Flash pre wait functionality 1576 36 6 6 Computation of the error correction code ECC in NAND Flash memory 1577 36 6 7 PC Card CompactFlash operations 1578 36 6 8 NAND Flash PC Card control registers...

Page 37: ...SDRAM controller functional description 1651 37 7 4 Low power modes 1657 37 7 5 SDRAM controller registers 1661 37 8 FMC register map 1667 38 Debug support DBG 1670 38 1 Overview 1670 38 2 Reference A...

Page 38: ...Embedded trace macrocell 1689 38 15 1 General description 1689 38 15 2 Signal protocol packet types 1689 38 15 3 Main ETM registers 1689 38 15 4 Configuration example 1690 38 16 MCU debug component DB...

Page 39: ...39 1731 RM0090 Contents 39 38 17 10 Example of configuration 1700 38 18 DBG register map 1700 39 Device electronic signature 1702 39 1 Unique device ID register 96 bits 1702 39 2 Flash size 1703 40 Re...

Page 40: ...the option bytes STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx 90 Table 17 Access versus read protection level 94 Table 18 OTP area organization 97 Table 19 Flash register map and reset values STM32F405xx 07xx and STM3...

Page 41: ...ontroller register map and reset values 389 Table 64 External interrupt event controller register map and reset values 389 Table 65 ADC pins 393 Table 66 Analog watchdog channel selection 396 Table 67...

Page 42: ...es 731 Table 113 CRYP register map and reset values for STM32F415 417xx 754 Table 114 CRYP register map and reset values for STM32F43xxx 755 Table 115 RNG register map and reset map 762 Table 116 HASH...

Page 43: ...values 1010 Table 149 SDIO I O definitions 1015 Table 150 Command format 1019 Table 151 Short response format 1020 Table 152 Long response format 1020 Table 153 Command path status flags 1020 Table 15...

Page 44: ...egisters CSRs 1389 Table 204 Host mode control and status registers CSRs 1390 Table 205 Device mode control and status registers 1391 Table 206 Data FIFO DFIFO access register map 1393 Table 207 Power...

Page 45: ...address mapping with 16 bit data bus width 1598 Table 257 SDRAM address mapping with 32 bit data bus width 1598 Table 258 Programmable NOR PSRAM access parameters 1600 Table 259 Non multiplexed I O NO...

Page 46: ...gisters 1678 Table 296 32 bit debug port registers addressed through the shifted value A 3 2 1679 Table 297 Packet request 8 bits 1680 Table 298 ACK response 3 bits 1681 Table 299 DATA transfer 33 bit...

Page 47: ...uit 214 Figure 21 Clock tree 216 Figure 22 HSE LSE clock sources 218 Figure 23 Frequency measurement with TIM5 in Input capture mode 223 Figure 24 Frequency measurement with TIM11 in Input capture mod...

Page 48: ...ster calculation algorithm 441 Figure 69 DAC conversion SW trigger enabled with LFSR wave generation 441 Figure 70 DAC triangle wave generation 442 Figure 71 DAC conversion SW trigger enabled with tri...

Page 49: ...ementary output with dead time insertion 538 Figure 121 Dead time waveforms with delay greater than the negative pulse 538 Figure 122 Dead time waveforms with delay greater than the positive pulse 538...

Page 50: ...ircuit in gated mode 611 Figure 172 Control circuit in trigger mode 611 Figure 173 Control circuit in external clock mode 2 trigger mode 612 Figure 174 Master Slave timer example 613 Figure 175 Gating...

Page 51: ...e 218 DES TDES ECB mode encryption 716 Figure 219 DES TDES ECB mode decryption 716 Figure 220 DES TDES CBC mode encryption 718 Figure 221 DES TDES CBC mode decryption 719 Figure 222 AES ECB mode encry...

Page 52: ...895 Figure 267 Receiving 0x8EAA33 895 Figure 268 I2 S Philips standard 16 bit extended to 32 bit packet frame with CPOL 0 895 Figure 269 Example 896 Figure 270 MSB Justified 16 bit or 32 bit full acc...

Page 53: ...rmal mode 993 Figure 315 Transmission using DMA 995 Figure 316 Reception using DMA 996 Figure 317 Hardware flow control between 2 USARTs 996 Figure 318 RTS flow control 997 Figure 319 CTS flow control...

Page 54: ...71 Wakeup frame filter register 1147 Figure 372 Networked time synchronization 1150 Figure 373 System time update using the Fine correction method 1152 Figure 374 PTP trigger output to TIM2 ITR1 conne...

Page 55: ...igure 419 Bulk control IN transactions Slave mode 1485 Figure 420 Normal interrupt OUT IN transactions DMA mode 1487 Figure 421 Normal interrupt OUT IN transactions Slave mode 1488 Figure 422 Normal i...

Page 56: ...Figure 466 ModeD write access waveforms 1616 Figure 467 Muxed read access waveforms 1618 Figure 468 Muxed write access waveforms 1618 Figure 469 Asynchronous wait during a read access waveforms 1620 F...

Page 57: ...ing 1 Writing 0 has no effect on the bit value read clear rc_w0 Software can read as well as clear this bit by writing 0 Writing 1 has no effect on the bit value read clear by read rc_r Software can r...

Page 58: ...program is running ICP in circuit programming ICP is the ability to program the Flash memory of a microcontroller using the JTAG protocol the SWD protocol or the bootloader while the device is mounte...

Page 59: ...bus DMA2 peripheral bus Ethernet DMA bus USB OTG HS DMA bus Seven slaves Internal Flash memory ICode bus Internal Flash memory DCode bus Main internal SRAM1 112 KB Auxiliary internal SRAM2 16 KB AHB1...

Page 60: ...018909 Rev 11 Figure 1 System architecture for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx devices 2 ORTEX 0 0 THERNET 53 4 3 US MATRIX 3 LASH MEMORY 32 BYTE 32 BYTE PERIPHERALS 3 3TATIC EM TL BUS BUS 3 BUS...

Page 61: ...emory bus Eight slaves Internal Flash memory ICode bus Internal Flash memory DCode bus Main internal SRAM1 112 KB Auxiliary internal SRAM2 16 KB Auxiliary internal SRAM3 64 KB AHB1peripherals includin...

Page 62: ...e target of this bus is a memory containing code or data internal Flash memory or external memories through the FSMC FMC 2 1 3 S bus This bus connects the system bus of the Cortex M4 with FPU core to...

Page 63: ...AMs SRAM1 SRAM2 SRAM3 internal Flash memory and external memories through the FSMC FMC 2 1 7 USB OTG HS DMA bus This bus connects the USB OTG HS DMA master interface to the BusMatrix This bus is used...

Page 64: ...zed within the same linear 4 Gbyte address space The bytes are coded in memory in little endian format The lowest numbered byte in a word is considered the word s least significant byte and the highes...

Page 65: ...BKPSRAM 0x4002 3C00 0x4002 3FFF Flash interface register Section 3 9 Flash interface registers 0x4002 3800 0x4002 3BFF RCC Section 7 3 25 RCC register map on page 267 0x4002 3000 0x4002 33FF CRC Sect...

Page 66: ...3400 0x4001 37FF SPI4 APB2 Section 28 5 10 SPI register map on page 918 0x4001 3000 0x4001 33FF SPI1 APB2 Section 28 5 10 SPI register map on page 918 0x4001 2C00 0x4001 2FFF SDIO Section 31 9 16 SDI...

Page 67: ...4000 3C00 0x4000 3FFF SPI3 I2S3 0x4000 3800 0x4000 3BFF SPI2 I2S2 0x4000 3400 0x4000 37FF I2S2ext 0x4000 3000 0x4000 33FF IWDG Section 21 4 5 IWDG register map on page 703 0x4000 2C00 0x4000 2FFF WWDG...

Page 68: ...remap is selected Section 9 2 1 SYSCFG memory remap register SYSCFG_MEMRMP in the SYSCFG controller To get the max performance on SRAM execution physical remap should be selected boot or software sel...

Page 69: ...Reading address 0x22006008 returns the value 0x01 or 0x00 of bit 2 of the byte at SRAM address 0x20000300 0x01 bit set 0x00 bit reset For more information on bit banding please refer to the Cortex M4...

Page 70: ...ash memory configuration the device boots from system memory and the boot loader jumps to execute the user application programmed in Flash memory bank 2 For further details please refer to AN2606 Note...

Page 71: ...Flash memory Flash memory Flash memory Flash memory 0x0400 0000 0x07FF FFFF Reserved Reserved Reserved FSMC bank 1 NOR PSRAM 2 128 MB Aliased 0x0000 0000 0x000F FFFF 1 2 Flash 1 MB Aliased SRAM1 112 K...

Page 72: ...0000 only the first two regions of bank 1 memory controller bank 1 NOR PSRAM 1 and NOR PSRAM 2 or SDRAM bank 1 can be remapped In remap mode the CPU can access the external memory via ICode bus inste...

Page 73: ...Flash memory program erase operations Read write protections Prefetch on I Code 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I Code 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D Code Figure 3 shows the Flash memory interface conn...

Page 74: ...memory from which the device boots in System memory boot mode 512 OTP one time programmable bytes for user data The OTP area contains 16 additional bytes used to lock the corresponding OTP data block...

Page 75: ...0800 4000 0x0800 7FFF 16 Kbytes Sector 2 0x0800 8000 0x0800 BFFF 16 Kbytes Sector 3 0x0800 C000 0x0800 FFFF 16 Kbytes Sector 4 0x0801 0000 0x0801 FFFF 64 Kbytes Sector 5 0x0802 0000 0x0803 FFFF 128 Kb...

Page 76: ...rganization on 1 Mbyte devices The dual bank feature on 1 Mbyte devices is enabled by setting the DB1M option bit To obtain a dual bank Flash memory the last 512 Kbytes of the single bank sectors 8 11...

Page 77: ...803 FFFF 128 Kbytes Sector 6 0x0804 0000 0x0805 FFFF 128 Kbytes Sector 11 0x080E 0000 0x080F FFFF 128 Kbytes Bank 2 Sector 12 0x0810 0000 0x0810 3FFF 16 Kbytes Sector 13 0x0810 4000 0x0810 7FFF 16 Kby...

Page 78: ...12 16 Kbytes Sector 9 128 Kbytes Sector 13 16 Kbytes Sector 10 128 Kbytes Sector 14 16 Kbytes Sector 11 128 Kbytes Sector 15 16 Kbytes Sector 16 64 Kbytes Sector 17 128 Kbytes Sector 18 128 Kbytes Sec...

Page 79: ...or 2 0x0800 8000 0x0800 BFFF 16 Kbytes Sector 3 0x0800 C000 0x0800 FFFF 16 Kbyte Sector 4 0x0801 0000 0x0801 FFFF 64 Kbytes Sector 5 0x0802 0000 0x0803 FFFF 128 Kbytes Sector 6 0x0804 0000 0x0805 FFFF...

Page 80: ...Hz by activating the over drive mode when VOS 1 0 0x11 the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz It can be extended to 180 MHz by activating the over drive mode The over drive mode is not available when V...

Page 81: ...eeded modify the CPU clock prescaler by writing the HPRE bits in RCC_CFGR 3 Check that the new CPU clock source or and the new CPU clock prescaler value is are taken into account by reading the clock...

Page 82: ...celerator implements an instruction prefetch queue and branch cache which increases program execution speed from the 128 bit Flash memory Based on CoreMark benchmark the performance achieved thanks to...

Page 83: ...his case miss the penalty in terms of number of cycles is at least equal to the number of wait states 2EAD INS IVES INS 2EAD INS IVES INS INS FETCH INS FETCH INS FETCH INS FETCH INS FETCH INS FETCH IN...

Page 84: ...y setting the data cache enable DCEN bit in the FLASH_ACR register This feature works like the instruction cache memory but the retained data size is limited to 8 rows of 128 bits Note Data in user co...

Page 85: ...t read operation indicates that the logical value was effectively written to the memory this value may not be retained To use VPP an external high voltage supply between 8 and 9 V must be applied to t...

Page 86: ...x and SER bits are both set in the FLASH_CR register mass erase is performed If both MERx and SER bits are reset and the STRT bit is set an unpredictable behavior may occur without generating any erro...

Page 87: ...ode execution If this cannot be done safely it is recommended to flush the caches by setting the DCRST and ICRST bits in the FLASH_CR register Note The I D cache should be flushed only when it is disa...

Page 88: ...Program error flags WRPERR Protection error flag RDERR Read protection error flag for STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx devices only In this case if the error interrupt enable bit ERRIE is set in the FLASH_...

Page 89: ...hen entering the Stop mode Reset event when entering the Standby mode Bit 7 nRST_STDBY 0 Reset generated when entering the Standby mode 1 No reset generated Bit 6 nRST_STOP 0 Reset generated when ente...

Page 90: ...bug and boot from RAM features disabled Others Level 1 read protection of memories debug features limited USER User option byte This byte is used to configure the following features Select the watchdo...

Page 91: ...B1M Dual bank 1 Mbyte Flash memory devices 0 1 Mbyte single Flash memory contiguous addresses in bank 1 1 1 Mbyte dual bank Flash memory The Flash memory is organized as two banks of 512 Kbytes each s...

Page 92: ...omatically modified by first erasing the user configuration sector and then programming all the option bytes with the values contained in the FLASH_OPTCR register Modifying user option bytes on STM32F...

Page 93: ...Flash memory and backup SRAM from user code are allowed When Level 1 is active programming the protection option byte RDP to Level 0 causes the Flash memory and the backup SRAM to be mass erased As a...

Page 94: ...rite Erase Read Write Erase Main Flash Memory and Backup SRAM Level 1 NO NO 1 YES Level 2 NO YES Option Bytes Level 1 YES YES Level 2 NO NO OTP Level 1 NO NA YES NA Level 2 NO NA YES NA 1 The main Fla...

Page 95: ...R or MER MER1 and SER 1 A sector erase is requested and the Sector Number SNB field is not valid A mass erase is requested while at least one of the user sector is write protected by option bit MER or...

Page 96: ...WRPERR flag is set The modification of the users option bytes BOR_LEV RST_STDBY is allowed since none of the active nWRPi bits is reset and SPRMOD is kept active Note The active value of nWRPi bits i...

Page 97: ...lock blocks 0 to 15 Each OTP data block can be programmed until the value 0x00 is programmed in the corresponding OTP lock byte The lock bytes must only contain 0x00 and 0xFF values otherwise the OTP...

Page 98: ...DCRST Data cache reset 0 Data cache is not reset 1 Data cache is reset This bit can be written only when the D cache is disabled Bit 11 ICRST Instruction cache reset 0 Instruction cache is not reset...

Page 99: ...ed Bit 12 DCRST Data cache reset 0 Data cache is not reset 1 Data cache is reset This bit can be written only when the D cache is disabled Bit 11 ICRST Instruction cache reset 0 Instruction cache is n...

Page 100: ...ess 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 KEY 31 16 w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 KEY 15 0 w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w Bits 31 0 FKEYR 31 0 FPEC k...

Page 101: ...operation finishes or an error occurs 0 no Flash memory operation ongoing 1 Flash memory operation ongoing Bits 15 8 Reserved must be kept cleared Bit 7 PGSERR Programming sequence error Set by hardw...

Page 102: ...leared by writing a 1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved BSY r 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved RDERR PGSERR PGPERR PGAERR WRPERR Reserved OPERR EOP rc_w1 rc_w1 rc_...

Page 103: ...Flash memory row Cleared by writing 1 Bit 4 WRPERR Write protection error Set by hardware when an address to be erased programmed belongs to a write protected part of the Flash memory Cleared by writ...

Page 104: ...his bit enables the interrupt generation when the EOP bit in the FLASH_SR register goes to 1 0 Interrupt generation disabled 1 Interrupt generation enabled Bits 23 17 Reserved must be kept cleared Bit...

Page 105: ...nsuccessful unlock operation this bit remains set until the next reset Bits 30 26 Reserved must be kept cleared Bit 25 ERRIE Error interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation when the O...

Page 106: ...e sector to erase 0000 sector 0 0001 sector 1 01011 sector 11 01100 not allowed 01101 not allowed 01110 not allowed 01111 not allowed 10000 section 12 10001 section 13 11011 sector 23 11100 not allowe...

Page 107: ...hardware to software or from software to hardware a system reset is required to make the change effective Bit 4 Reserved must be kept cleared Always read as 0 Bits 3 2 BOR_LEV 1 0 BOR reset Level The...

Page 108: ...1 Mbyte Flash memory single bank vs dual bank organization STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx and Table 9 1 Mbyte dual bank Flash memory organization STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx To perform an erase operation...

Page 109: ...OR_LEV BOR reset Level These bits contain the supply level threshold that activates releases the reset They can be written to program a new BOR level By default BOR is off When the supply voltage VDD...

Page 110: ...access 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved nWRP 11 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved Bits 31 28 Reserved must be kept cleared Bi...

Page 111: ...0x10 FLASH_CR LOCK Reserved EOPIE Reserved STRT Reserved PSIZ E 1 0 Reserved SNB 3 0 MER SER PG Reset value 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x14 FLASH_ OPTCR Reserved nWRP 11 0 RDP 7 0 nRST_STDBY nRST_STOP WDG...

Page 112: ...Reserved nWRP 11 0 RDP 7 0 nRST_STDBY nRST_STOP WDG_SW BFB2 BOR_LEV 1 0 OPTSTRT OPTLOCK Reset value 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0x18 FLASH_ OPTCR1 Reserved nWRP 11 0 Re...

Page 113: ...of verifying the Flash memory integrity The CRC calculation unit helps compute a signature of the software during runtime to be compared with a reference signature generated at link time and stored at...

Page 114: ...the RESET control bit in the CRC_CR register This operation does not affect the contents of the CRC_IDR register 4 4 CRC registers The CRC calculation unit contains two data registers and a control r...

Page 115: ...erated by the RESET bit in the CRC_CR register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved RESET w Bits 31 1 Reserved must be kept at reset...

Page 116: ...hen the main VDD supply is powered off Note Depending on the operating power supply range some peripheral may be used with limited functionality and performance For more details refer to section Gener...

Page 117: ...m noise on the PCB The ADC voltage supply input is available on a separate VDDA pin An isolated supply ground connection is provided on pin VSSA To ensure a better accuracy of low voltage inputs the u...

Page 118: ...tasheet for the value of tRSTTEMPO and VDD VBAT 0 6 V a current may be injected into VBAT through an internal diode connected between VDD and the power switch VBAT If the power supply battery connecte...

Page 119: ...x respectively 2 Set the DBP bit in the PWR power control register PWR_CR for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx and PWR power control register PWR_CR for STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx to enable acce...

Page 120: ...e connected to one or two dedicated pins VCAP_1 and VCAP_2 available in all packages Specific pins must be connected either to VSS or VDD to activate or deactivate the voltage regulator These pins dep...

Page 121: ...ins VCAP_1 and VCAP_2 available in all packages Specific pins must be connected either to VSS or VDD to activate or deactivate the voltage regulator These pins depend on the package When activated by...

Page 122: ...hen the main regulator MR or the low power regulator LPR is enabled Low voltage mode Under drive mode the 1 2 V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode This mode is only available when the main re...

Page 123: ...SB_48MHz clock Note The PLLI2S and PLLSAI can be configured at the same time as the system PLL During the Over drive switch activation no peripheral clocks should be enabled The peripheral clocks must...

Page 124: ...mains set and the Over drive mode is still enabled but not active ODSW bit is reset If the ODEN bit is reset instead the Over drive mode is disabled and the voltage regulator is switched back to the i...

Page 125: ...ection in the device datasheet When the supply voltage VDD drops below the selected VBOR threshold a device reset is generated The BOR can be disabled by programming the device option bytes In this ca...

Page 126: ...PVD thresholds 5 3 Low power modes By default the microcontroller is in Run mode after a system or a power on reset In Run mode the CPU is clocked by HCLK and the program code is executed Several low...

Page 127: ...ding bit in the NVIC interrupt clear pending register have to be cleared Only NVIC interrupts with sufficient priority will wakeup and interrupt the MCU When SEVONPEND 1 in the Cortex M4 with FPU Syst...

Page 128: ...ons Table 23 Low power mode summary Mode name Entry Wakeup Effect on 1 2 V domain clocks Effect on VDD domain clocks Voltage regulator Sleep Sleep now or Sleep on exit WFI or Return from ISR Any inter...

Page 129: ...de can be performed automatically by resetting the corresponding bit in RCC_AHBxLPENR and RCC_APBxLPENR registers 5 3 3 Sleep mode Entering Sleep mode The Sleep mode is entered according to Section En...

Page 130: ...61 Vector table for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx and Table 62 Vector table for STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx If WFE was used for entry and SEVONPEND 0 Wakeup event Refer to Section 12 2 3 Wakeu...

Page 131: ...iting to its Key register or by hardware option Once started it cannot be stopped except by a Reset See Section 21 3 in Section 21 Independent watchdog IWDG Real time clock RTC this is configured by t...

Page 132: ...n additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode the consumption is higher although the startup time is reduced Table 27 Stop...

Page 133: ...The interrupt source can be external interrupts or peripherals with wakeup capability Refer to Table 61 Vector table for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx on page 374 and Table 62 Vector table fo...

Page 134: ...main is ongoing The Stop mode entry is delayed until the APB access is finished If the Over drive mode was enabled before entering Stop mode it is automatically disabled during when the Stop mode is a...

Page 135: ...e them the ADON bit in the ADC_CR2 register and the ENx bit in the DAC_CR register must both be written to 0 Note Before entering Stop mode it is recommended to enable the clock security system CSS fe...

Page 136: ...CR1 Note To enter Stop mode all EXTI Line pending bits in Pending register EXTI_PR all peripheral interrupts pending bits the RTC Alarm Alarm A and Alarm B RTC wakeup RTC tamper and RTC time stamp fla...

Page 137: ...2 PWR power control status register PWR_CSR for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx indicates that the MCU was in Standby mode All registers are reset after wakeup from Standby except for PWR_CR Re...

Page 138: ...C alternate function The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms Alarm A and Alarm B RTC wakeup RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection These RTC alternate functions can wake...

Page 139: ...mode To wake up the device from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event it is necessary to a Enable the RTC alarm interrupt in the RTC_CR register b Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm To wa...

Page 140: ...interrupt e Re enter the low power mode When using RTC tamper to wake up the device from the low power modes a Disable the RTC tamper interrupt TAMPIE bit in the RTC_TAFCR register b Clear the Tamper...

Page 141: ...set value Bit 9 FPDS Flash power down in Stop mode When set the Flash memory enters power down mode when the device enters Stop mode This allows to achieve a lower consumption in stop mode but a longe...

Page 142: ...the WUF Wakeup Flag after 2 System clock cycles Bit 1 PDDS Power down deepsleep This bit is set and cleared by software It works together with the LPDS bit 0 Enter Stop mode when the CPU enters deepsl...

Page 143: ...be kept at reset value Bit 3 BRR Backup regulator ready Set by hardware to indicate that the Backup Regulator is ready 0 Backup Regulator not ready 1 Backup Regulator ready Note This bit is not reset...

Page 144: ...10 Reserved 11 Under drive enable Bit 17 ODSWEN Over drive switching enabled This bit is set by software It is cleared automatically by hardware after exiting from Stop mode or when the ODEN bit is re...

Page 145: ...when the device is in Stop mode 1 Main Regulator in under drive mode and Flash memory in power down when the device is in Stop under drive mode Bit 10 LPUDS Low power regulator in deepsleep under driv...

Page 146: ...F Clear standby flag This bit is always read as 0 0 No effect 1 Clear the SBF Standby Flag write Bit 2 CWUF Clear wakeup flag This bit is always read as 0 0 No effect 1 Clear the WUF Wakeup Flag after...

Page 147: ...ed in Stop mode Bit 17 ODSWRDY Over drive mode switching ready 0 Over drive mode is not active 1 Over drive mode is active on digital area on 1 2 V domain Bit 16 ODRDY Over drive mode ready 0 Over dri...

Page 148: ...nabled by the PVDE bit 0 VDD is higher than the PVD threshold selected with the PLS 2 0 bits 1 VDD is lower than the PVD threshold selected with the PLS 2 0 bits Note The PVD is stopped by Standby mod...

Page 149: ...BF CWUF PDDS LPDS Reset value 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x004 PWR_CSR Reserved VOSRDY Reserved BRE EWUP Reserved BRR PVDO SBF WUF Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 32 PWR register map and reset values for S...

Page 150: ...The SYSRESETREQ bit in Cortex M4 with FPU Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register must be set to force a software reset on the device Refer to the Cortex M4 with FPU technical reference manua...

Page 151: ...e BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset The only way of resetting the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting a protection level change from 1 to 0 A backup domain reset is generated when...

Page 152: ...WKHUQHW 0 6 7 B0 B7 B B0 27 B 6B6 3 6 RUWH IUHH UXQQLQJ FORFN 3 SHULSKHUDO FORFNV 0 FORFNV 86 6 8 3 FORFN WKHUQHW 373 FORFN 0 2 0 2 7 B0 B5 B B0 26 B 1 26 B287 7R QGHSHQGHQW ZDWFKGRJ 6 6 WR 57 57 57 6...

Page 153: ...AI1 peripheral in case the PLLI2S is programmed to achieve another audio sampling frequency 49 152 MHz or 11 2896 MHz and the application requires both frequencies at the same time LTDC clock The LTDC...

Page 154: ...ode by setting the HSEBYP and HSEON bits in the RCC clock control register RCC_CR The external clock signal square sinus or triangle with 50 duty cycle has to drive the OSC_IN pin while the OSC_OUT pi...

Page 155: ...stable or not At startup the HSI RC output clock is not released until this bit is set by hardware The HSI RC can be switched on and off using the HSION bit in the RCC clock control register RCC_CR Th...

Page 156: ...ON bits in the RCC Backup domain control register RCC_BDCR The external clock signal square sinus or triangle with 50 duty cycle has to drive the OSC32_IN pin while the OSC32_OUT pin should be left HI...

Page 157: ...e system clock when the failure occurred PLL is also disabled In this case if the PLLI2S was enabled it is also disabled when the HSE fails 6 2 8 RTC AWU clock Once the RTCCLK clock source has been se...

Page 158: ...he desired clock source is selected using the MCO1PRE 2 0 and MCO1 1 0 bits in the RCC clock configuration register RCC_CFGR MCO2 You can output four different clock sources onto the MCO2 pin PC9 usin...

Page 159: ...the precision of the HSI The measured value can be used to have more accurate RTC time base timeouts when LSI is used as the RTC clock source and or an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy Use the...

Page 160: ...Reset and clock control for STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx RCC RM0090 160 1731 DocID018909 Rev 11 Figure 19 Frequency measurement with TIM11 in Input capture mode 4 4 4 2 0 0 3 24 Z AI...

Page 161: ...t reset value Bit 29 PLLSAIRDY PLLSAI clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the PLLSAI is locked 0 PLLSAI unlocked 1 PLLSAI locked Bit 28 PLLSAION PLLSAI enable Set and cleared by software...

Page 162: ...clock enable Set and cleared by software Cleared by hardware to stop the HSE oscillator when entering Stop or Standby mode This bit cannot be reset if the HSE oscillator is used directly or indirectl...

Page 163: ...n PLL PLL division factor for USB OTG FS SDIO and random number generator clocks Set and cleared by software to control the frequency of USB OTG FS clock the random number generator clock and the SDIO...

Page 164: ...ut frequency PLLN with 50 PLLN 432 000000000 PLLN 0 wrong configuration 000000001 PLLN 1 wrong configuration 000110010 PLLN 50 001100011 PLLN 99 001100100 PLLN 100 110110000 PLLN 432 110110001 PLLN 43...

Page 165: ...ck selected 11 PLL clock selected Bits 27 29 MCO2PRE MCO2 prescaler Set and cleared by software to configure the prescaler of the MCO2 Modification of this prescaler may generate glitches on MCO2 It i...

Page 166: ...no clock 00010 HSE 2 00011 HSE 3 00100 HSE 4 11110 HSE 30 11111 HSE 31 Bits 15 13 PPRE2 APB high speed prescaler APB2 Set and cleared by software to control APB high speed clock division factor Cautio...

Page 167: ...ock switch status Set and cleared by hardware to indicate which clock source is used as the system clock 00 HSI oscillator used as the system clock 01 HSE oscillator used as the system clock 10 PLL us...

Page 168: ...Bit 19 HSERDYC HSE ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the HSERDYF flag 0 No effect 1 HSERDYF cleared Bit 18 HSIRDYC HSI ready interrupt clear This bit is set software to clear...

Page 169: ...e to enable disable interrupt caused by LSI oscillator stabilization 0 LSI ready interrupt disabled 1 LSI ready interrupt enabled Bit 7 CSSF Clock security system interrupt flag This bit is set by har...

Page 170: ...External Low Speed clock becomes stable and LSERDYDIE is set It is cleared by software by setting the LSERDYC bit 0 No clock ready interrupt caused by the LSE oscillator 1 Clock ready interrupt caused...

Page 171: ...2 Bits 20 13 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 12 CRCRST CRC reset This bit is set and cleared by software 0 does not reset CRC 1 resets CRC Bit 11 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 10 G...

Page 172: ...t IO port E 1 resets IO port E Bit 3 GPIODRST IO port D reset This bit is set and cleared by software 0 does not reset IO port D 1 resets IO port D Bit 2 GPIOCRST IO port C reset This bit is set and c...

Page 173: ...and cleared by software 0 does not reset the USB OTG FS module 1 resets the USB OTG FS module Bit 6 RNGRST Random number generator module reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset the random...

Page 174: ...1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved FMCRST rw Bits 31 1 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 0 FMCRST Flexible memory controller module reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset the FMC mod...

Page 175: ...e Bit 27 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 26 CAN2RST CAN2 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset CAN2 1 resets CAN2 Bit 25 CAN1RST CAN1 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not...

Page 176: ...2 1 resets SPI2 Bits 13 12 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 11 WWDGRST Window watchdog reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset the window watchdog 1 resets the window watchdog Bits...

Page 177: ...and cleared by software 0 does not reset TIM5 1 resets TIM5 Bit 2 TIM4RST TIM4 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset TIM4 1 resets TIM4 Bit 1 TIM3RST TIM3 reset Set and cleared by softwa...

Page 178: ...reset value Bit 26 LTDCRST LTDC reset This bit is set and reset by software 0 does not reset LCD TFT 1 resets LCD TFT Bits 27 23 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 22 SAI1RST SAI1 reset This bit...

Page 179: ...eared by software 0 does not reset the SDIO module 1 resets the SDIO module Bits 10 9 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 8 ADCRST ADC interface reset common to all ADCs This bit is set and clear...

Page 180: ...software 0 USB OTG HS ULPI clock disabled 1 USB OTG HS ULPI clock enabled Bit 29 OTGHSEN USB OTG HS clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 USB OTG HS clock disabled 1 USB OTG HS clock...

Page 181: ...ce clock enabled Bits 17 13 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 12 CRCEN CRC clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 CRC clock disabled 1 CRC clock enabled Bit 11 Reserved must be...

Page 182: ...ble This bit is set and cleared by software 0 IO port C clock disabled 1 IO port C clock enabled Bit 1 GPIOBEN IO port B clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 IO port B clock disabled...

Page 183: ...3 1 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 0 DCMIEN Camera interface enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 Camera interface clock disabled 1 Camera interface clock enabled 31 30 29 28 27...

Page 184: ...Bit 26 CAN2EN CAN 2 clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 CAN 2 clock disabled 1 CAN 2 clock enabled Bit 25 CAN1EN CAN 1 clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 CAN 1 c...

Page 185: ...ts 13 12 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 11 WWDGEN Window watchdog clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 Window watchdog clock disabled 1 Window watchdog clock enabled Bit 10...

Page 186: ...ock disabled 1 TIM5 clock enabled Bit 2 TIM4EN TIM4 clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 TIM4 clock disabled 1 TIM4 clock enabled Bit 1 TIM3EN TIM3 clock enable This bit is set and c...

Page 187: ...le This bit is set and cleared by software 0 LTDC clock disabled 1 LTDC clock enabled Bits 27 23 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 22 SAI1EN SAI1 clock enable This bit is set and cleared by sof...

Page 188: ...le This bit is set and cleared by software 0 ADC3 clock disabled 1 ADC3 clock disabled Bit 9 ADC2EN ADC2 clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 ADC2 clock disabled 1 ADC2 clock disable...

Page 189: ...N USB OTG HS clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 USB OTG HS clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 USB OTG HS clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 28 ETHMACPTPLPEN Ethe...

Page 190: ...bit is set and cleared by software 0 SRAM2 interface clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 SRAM2 interface clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 16 SRAM1LPEN SRAM1 interface clock enable during Sleep mode...

Page 191: ...during Sleep mode 1 IO port F clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 4 GPIOELPEN IO port E clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 IO port E clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 IO po...

Page 192: ...Bit 6 RNGLPEN Random number generator clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 Random number generator clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 Random number generator clock...

Page 193: ...Reserved FMC LPEN rw Bits 31 1Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 0 FMCLPEN Flexible memory controller module clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 FMC module...

Page 194: ...software 0 CAN 2 clock disabled during sleep mode 1 CAN 2 clock enabled during sleep mode Bit 25 CAN1LPEN CAN 1 clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 CAN 1 clock di...

Page 195: ...LPEN Window watchdog clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 Window watchdog clock disabled during sleep mode 1 Window watchdog clock enabled during sleep mode Bits 10...

Page 196: ...ock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 TIM4 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 TIM4 clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 1 TIM3LPEN TIM3 clock enable during Sleep mode T...

Page 197: ...isabled during Sleep mode 1 LTDC clock enabled during Sleep mode Bits 25 23 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 22 SAI1LPEN SAI1 clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by soft...

Page 198: ...Bit 11 SDIOLPEN SDIO clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 SDIO module clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 SDIO module clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 10 ADC3LPE...

Page 199: ...3 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1 TIM8LPEN TIM8 clock enable during Sleep mode This bit is set and cleared by software 0 TIM8 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 TIM8 clock enabled during...

Page 200: ...selection through the RTCPRE 4 0 bits in the RCC clock configuration register RCC_CFGR used as the RTC clock Bits 7 3 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 2 LSEBYP External low speed oscillator by...

Page 201: ...by writing to the RMVF bit 0 No watchdog reset occurred 1 Watchdog reset occurred Bit 28 SFTRSTF Software reset flag This bit is set by hardware when a software reset occurs Cleared by writing to the...

Page 202: ...o indicate when the internal RC 40 kHz oscillator is stable After the LSION bit is cleared LSIRDY goes low after 3 LSI clock cycles 0 LSI RC oscillator not ready 1 LSI RC oscillator ready Bit 0 LSION...

Page 203: ...at reset value Bits 27 13 INCSTEP Incrementation step These bits are set and cleared by software To write before setting CR 24 PLLON bit Configuration input for modulation profile amplitude Bits 12 0...

Page 204: ...tion about I2S clock frequency and precision refer to Section 28 4 4 Clock generator in the I2S chapter Caution The I2Ss requires a frequency lower than or equal to 192 MHz to work correctly I2S clock...

Page 205: ...e that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz VCO output frequency VCO input frequency PLLI2SN with 50 PLLI2SN 432 000000000 PLLI2SN 0 wrong configuration 000000001 PLLI2SN 1 wrong config...

Page 206: ...rved PLLSAIN Reserved rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 30 28 PLLSAIR PLLSAI division factor for LCD clock Set and reset by software to control the LCD clock...

Page 207: ...alf word and word accesses are allowed to write these bits Caution The software has to set these bits correctly to ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz VCO output frequency...

Page 208: ...ts are set and cleared by software to control the SAI1 B clock frequency They should be written when the PLLSAI and PLLI2S are disabled 00 SAI1 B clock frequency f PLLSAI_Q PLLSAIDIVQ 01 SAI1 B clock...

Page 209: ...LSAIDIVQ 31 00000 PLLSAIDIVQ 1 00001 PLLSAIDIVQ 2 00010 PLLSAIDIVQ 3 00011 PLLSAIDIVQ 4 00100 PLLSAIDIVQ 5 11111 PLLSAIDIVQ 32 Bits 7 5 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 4 0 PLLI2SDIVQ PLLI2S...

Page 210: ...DYIE PLLRDYIE HSERDYIE HSIRDYIE LSERDYIE LSIRDYIE CSSF PLLSAIRDYF PLLI2SRDYF PLLRDYF HSERDYF HSIRDYF LSERDYF LSIRDYF 0x10 RCC_AHB1RS TR Reserved OTGHSRST Reserved ETHMACRST Reserved DMA2DRST DMA2RST D...

Page 211: ...PEN 0x58 RCC_AHB3LP ENR Reserved FMCLPEN 0x5C Reserved Reserved 0x60 RCC_APB1LP ENR UART8LPEN UART7LPEN DACLPEN PWRLPEN Reserved CAN2LPEN CAN1LPEN Reserved I2C3LPEN I2C2LPEN I2C1LPEN UART5LPEN UART4LP...

Page 212: ...resses 0x88 RCC_PLLSAI CFGR PLLSAIR PLLSAIQ Reserved PLLSAIN Reserved 0x8C RCC_DCKCF GR Reserved TIMPRE SAI1BSCR SAI1ASCR Reserved PLLSAIDIVR Reserved PLLSAIDIVQ Reserved PLLI2SDIVQ Table 33 RCC regis...

Page 213: ...ystem reset is generated when one of the following events occurs 1 A low level on the NRST pin external reset 2 Window watchdog end of count condition WWDG reset 3 Independent watchdog end of count co...

Page 214: ...ode A power reset sets all registers to their reset values except the Backup domain see Figure 4 These sources act on the NRST pin and it is always kept low during the delay phase The RESET service ro...

Page 215: ...ff 7 2 Clocks Three different clock sources can be used to drive the system clock SYSCLK HSI oscillator clock HSE oscillator clock Main PLL PLL clock The devices have the two following secondary clock...

Page 216: ...FORFN 3 SHULSKHUDO FORFNV 3 WLPHU FORFNV 0 FORFNV 86 6 8 3 FORFN WKHUQHW 373 FORFN 0 2 3HULSKHUDO FORFN HQDEOH WR 0 2 DL G 7 B0 B5 B B0 26 B 1 26 B287 6 26 N 6 5 N WR LQGHSHQGHQW ZDWFKGRJ 6 6 WR 57 57...

Page 217: ...clock which is provided from the external PHY The Ethernet MAC clocks TX RX and RMII which are provided from the external PHY For further information on the Ethernet configuration please refer to Sec...

Page 218: ...l register RCC_CR indicates if the high speed external oscillator is stable or not At startup the clock is not released until this bit is set by hardware An interrupt can be generated if enabled in th...

Page 219: ...the high speed system clock up to 168 MHz The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS 48 MHz the random analog generator 48 MHz and the SDIO 48 MHz A dedicated PLL PLLI2S used t...

Page 220: ...he RCC clock interrupt register RCC_CIR 7 2 6 System clock SYSCLK selection After a system reset the HSI oscillator is selected as the system clock When a clock source is used directly or through PLL...

Page 221: ...e AWU clock the AWU state is not guaranteed if the system supply disappears If the HSE oscillator divided by a value between 2 and 31 is used as the RTC clock the RTC state is not guaranteed if the ba...

Page 222: ...ternal clock measurement using TIM5 TIM11 It is possible to indirectly measure the frequencies of all on board clock source generators by means of the input capture of TIM5 channel4 and TIM11 channel1...

Page 223: ...to 0x01 to connect the LSI clock internally to TIM5 channel4 input capture for calibration purposes 3 Measure the LSI clock frequency using the TIM5 capture compare 4 event or interrupt 4 Use the meas...

Page 224: ...the PLLI2S is locked 0 PLLI2S unlocked 1 PLLI2S locked Bit 26 PLLI2SON PLLI2S enable Set and cleared by software to enable PLLI2S Cleared by hardware when entering Stop or Standby mode 0 PLLI2S OFF 1...

Page 225: ...em clock 0 HSE oscillator OFF 1 HSE oscillator ON Bits 15 8 HSICAL 7 0 Internal high speed clock calibration These bits are initialized automatically at startup Bits 7 3 HSITRIM 4 0 Internal high spee...

Page 226: ...Main PLL PLL division factor for USB OTG FS SDIO and random number generator clocks Set and cleared by software to control the frequency of USB OTG FS clock the random number generator clock and the S...

Page 227: ...VCO input frequency PLLN with 50 PLLN 432 000000000 PLLN 0 wrong configuration 000000001 PLLN 1 wrong configuration 000110010 PLLN 50 001100011 PLLN 99 001100100 PLLN 100 110110000 PLLN 432 110110001...

Page 228: ...clock selected 11 PLL clock selected Bits 27 29 MCO2PRE MCO2 prescaler Set and cleared by software to configure the prescaler of the MCO2 Modification of this prescaler may generate glitches on MCO2 I...

Page 229: ...00001 no clock 00010 HSE 2 00011 HSE 3 00100 HSE 4 11110 HSE 30 11111 HSE 31 Bits 15 13 PPRE2 APB high speed prescaler APB2 Set and cleared by software to control APB high speed clock division factor...

Page 230: ...2 SWS System clock switch status Set and cleared by hardware to indicate which clock source is used as the system clock 00 HSI oscillator used as the system clock 01 HSE oscillator used as the system...

Page 231: ...lear This bit is set software to clear the HSIRDYF flag 0 No effect 1 HSIRDYF cleared Bit 17 LSERDYC LSE ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSERDYF flag 0 No effect 1 LSERD...

Page 232: ...s detected in the HSE oscillator Cleared by software setting the CSSC bit 0 No clock security interrupt caused by HSE clock failure 1 Clock security interrupt caused by HSE clock failure Bits 6 Reserv...

Page 233: ...scillator Bit 0 LSIRDYF LSI ready interrupt flag Set by hardware when the internal low speed clock becomes stable and LSIRDYDIE is set Cleared by software setting the LSIRDYC bit 0 No clock ready inte...

Page 234: ...pt at reset value Bit 8 GPIOIRST IO port I reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset IO port I 1 resets IO port I Bit 7 GPIOHRST IO port H reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset I...

Page 235: ...2 GPIOCRST IO port C reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset IO port C 1 resets IO port C Bit 1 GPIOBRST IO port B reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset IO port B 1 resets IO...

Page 236: ...Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset the USB OTG FS module 1 resets the USB OTG FS module Bit 6 RNGRST Random number generator module reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset the ran...

Page 237: ...nd cleared by software 0 does not reset the FSMC module 1 resets the FSMC module 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved DACRST PWR RST Reser ved CAN2 RST CAN1 RST Reser ved I2C3 RST...

Page 238: ...I2C2 Bit 21 I2C1RST I2C1 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset I2C1 1 resets I2C1 Bit 20 UART5RST UART5 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset UART5 1 resets UART5 Bit 19 UART...

Page 239: ...software 0 does not reset TIM13 1 resets TIM13 Bit 6 TIM12RST TIM12 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset TIM12 1 resets TIM12 Bit 5 TIM7RST TIM7 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does...

Page 240: ...18 TIM11RST TIM11 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset TIM11 1 resets TIM14 Bit 17 TIM10RST TIM10 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset TIM10 1 resets TIM10 Bit 16 TIM9RST T...

Page 241: ...6 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 5 USART6RST USART6 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does not reset USART6 1 resets USART6 Bit 4 USART1RST USART1 reset Set and cleared by software 0 does...

Page 242: ...enable Set and cleared by software 0 USB OTG HS ULPI clock disabled 1 USB OTG HS ULPI clock enabled Bit 29 OTGHSEN USB OTG HS clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 USB OTG HS clock disabled 1 USB...

Page 243: ...Set and cleared by software 0 CRC clock disabled 1 CRC clock enabled Bits 11 9 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 8 GPIOIEN IO port I clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 IO port I clock d...

Page 244: ...t A clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 IO port A clock disabled 1 IO port A clock enabled 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserve...

Page 245: ...mera interface enable Set and cleared by software 0 Camera interface clock disabled 1 Camera interface clock enabled 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6...

Page 246: ...N1EN CAN 1 clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 CAN 1 clock disabled 1 CAN 1 clock enabled Bit 24 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 23 I2C3EN I2C3 clock enable Set and cleared by software...

Page 247: ...et and cleared by software 0 Window watchdog clock disabled 1 Window watchdog clock enabled Bits 10 9 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 8 TIM14EN TIM14 clock enable Set and cleared by software...

Page 248: ...clock disabled 1 TIM2 clock enabled 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved TIM11 EN TIM10 EN TIM9 EN rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reser ved SYSCF G EN Reser ved SPI...

Page 249: ...et and cleared by software 0 ADC3 clock disabled 1 ADC3 clock disabled Bit 9 ADC2EN ADC2 clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 ADC2 clock disabled 1 ADC2 clock disabled Bit 8 ADC1EN ADC1 clock en...

Page 250: ...cleared by software 0 SPI6 clock disabled 1 SPI6 clock enabled Bit 20 SPI5EN SPI5 clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 SPI5 clock disabled 1 SPI5 clock enabled Bit 19 Reserved must be kept at r...

Page 251: ...ed by software 0 ADC2 clock disabled 1 ADC2 clock disabled Bit 8 ADC1EN ADC1 clock enable Set and cleared by software 0 ADC1 clock disabled 1 ADC1 clock disabled Bits 7 6 Reserved must be kept at rese...

Page 252: ...Bit 29 OTGHSLPEN USB OTG HS clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 USB OTG HS clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 USB OTG HS clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 28 ETHMACPTPLPEN E...

Page 253: ...TFLPEN Flash interface clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 Flash interface clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 Flash interface clock enabled during Sleep mode Bits 14 13 Reserv...

Page 254: ...d during Sleep mode Bit 1 GPIOBLPEN IO port B clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 IO port B clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 IO port B clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 0...

Page 255: ...and cleared by software 0 cryptography modules clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 cryptography modules clock enabled during Sleep mode Bits 3 1 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 0 DCMILPEN Came...

Page 256: ...t and cleared by software 0 DAC interface clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 DAC interface clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 28 PWRLPEN Power interface clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared...

Page 257: ...RT2 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 USART2 clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 15 SPI3LPEN SPI3 clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by softwar...

Page 258: ...IM6 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 TIM6 clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 3 TIM5LPEN TIM5 clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 TIM5 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 TIM...

Page 259: ...ng Sleep mode Bit 17 TIM10LPEN TIM10 clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 TIM10 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 TIM10 clock enabled during Sleep mode Bit 16 TIM9LPEN TIM9 cl...

Page 260: ...bled during Sleep mode Bits 7 6 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 5 USART6LPEN USART6 clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software 0 USART6 clock disabled during Sleep mode 1 USAR...

Page 261: ...3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RTCEN Reserved RTCSEL 1 0 Reserved LSEBY P LSERD Y LSEON rw rw rw rw r rw Bits 31 17 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 16 BDRST Backup domain software reset Set a...

Page 262: ...ready 1 LSE clock ready Bit 0 LSEON External low speed oscillator enable Set and cleared by software 0 LSE clock OFF 1 LSE clock ON 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 LPWR RSTF WWDG RSTF...

Page 263: ...ST pin occurred 1 Reset from NRST pin occurred Bit 25 BORRSTF BOR reset flag Cleared by software by writing the RMVF bit Set by hardware when a POR PDR or BOR reset occurs 0 No POR PDR or BOR reset oc...

Page 264: ...served INCSTEP rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INCSTEP MODPER rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 SSCGEN Spread spectrum modulation enab...

Page 265: ...5 PLLI2SN 4 PLLI2SN 3 PLLI2SN 2 PLLI2SN 1 PLLI2SN 0 Reserved rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 30 28 PLLI2SR PLLI2S division factor for I2S clocks Set and cle...

Page 266: ...sure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz VCO output frequency VCO input frequency PLLI2SN with 50 PLLI2SN 432 000000000 PLLI2SN 0 wrong configuration 000000001 PLLI2SN 1 wrong con...

Page 267: ...DYC LSIRDYC Reserved PLLI2SRDYIE PLLRDYIE HSERDYIE HSIRDYIE LSERDYIE LSIRDYIE CSSF Reserved PLLI2SRDYF PLLRDYF HSERDYF HSIRDYF LSERDYF LSIRDYF 0x10 RCC_ AHB1RSTR Reserved OTGHSRST Reserved ETHMACRST R...

Page 268: ...PEN RNGLPEN HASHLPEN CRYPLPEN Reserved DCMILPEN 0x58 RCC_AHB3LP ENR Reserved FSMCLPEN 0x5C Reserved Reserved 0x60 RCC_APB1LP ENR Reserved DACLPEN PWRLPEN Reserved CAN2LPEN CAN1LPEN Reserved I2C3LPEN I...

Page 269: ...nput data register GPIOx_IDR or peripheral alternate function input Bit set and reset register GPIOx_BSRR for bitwise write access to GPIOx_ODR Locking mechanism GPIOx_LCKR provided to freeze the I O...

Page 270: ...bit 1 VDD_FT is a potential specific to five volt tolerant I Os and different from VDD Table 35 Port bit configuration table 1 MODER i 1 0 OTYPER i OSPEEDR i B A PUPDR i 1 0 I O configuration 01 0 SPE...

Page 271: ...ly the N MOS is activated when 0 is output The input data register GPIOx_IDR captures the data present on the I O pin at every AHB1 clock cycle All GPIO pins have weak internal pull up and pull down r...

Page 272: ...NTOUT is mapped on AF15 This structure is shown in Figure 26 below In addition to this flexible I O multiplexing architecture each peripheral has alternate functions mapped onto different I O pins to...

Page 273: ...in the GPIOx_AFRL or GPIOx_AFRH register EVENTOUT Configure the I O pin used to output the Cortex M4 with FPU EVENTOUT signal by connecting it to AF15 Note EVENTOUT is not mapped onto the following I...

Page 274: ...ed in FS DL RU SLQV WR WKH 3 2 B 5 UHJLVWHU VHOHFWV WKH GHGLFDWHG DOWHUQDWH IXQFWLRQ V VWHP 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 63 63 63 86 57 86 57 1 1 7 0 27 B 6 27 B 6 7 60 6 2 27 B 6 0 9 17287 3LQ 5 RU SLQV WR WKH 3...

Page 275: ...d STM32F43xxx 1 Configured in FS 3 6 OR PINS TO THE 0 X 2 REGISTER SELECTS THE DEDICATED ALTERNATE FUNCTION SYSTEM 4 4 4 4 30 30 3 53 24 53 24 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 6 4 54 0IN X X 2 OR PINS TO THE 0 X...

Page 276: ...GPIOx_ODR To each bit in GPIOx_ODR correspond two control bits in GPIOx_BSRR BSRR i and BSRR i SIZE When written to 1 bit BSRR i sets the corresponding ODR i bit When written to 1 bit BSRR i SIZE rese...

Page 277: ...lternate function registers The application can thus select any one of the possible functions for each I O The AF selection signal being common to the alternate function input and alternate function o...

Page 278: ...tes the P MOS The Schmitt trigger input is activated The weak pull up and pull down resistors are activated or not depending on the value in the GPIOx_PUPDR register The data present on the I O pin ar...

Page 279: ...ead access to the input data register gets the I O state Figure 30 shows the Alternate function configuration of the I O port bit Figure 30 Alternate function configuration 0USH PULL OR PEN DRAIN UTPU...

Page 280: ...y configured as LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT when the LSE oscillator is ON This is done by setting the LSEON bit in the RCC_BDCR register The LSE has priority over the GPIO function Note...

Page 281: ...s follows TAMP1INSEL is used to select which pin is used as the RTC_TAMP1 tamper input TSINSEL is used to select which pin is used as the RTC_TS time stamp input ALARMOUTTYPE is used to select whether...

Page 282: ...me stamp enabled TAMP1INSEL TAMPER1 pin selection TSINSEL TIMESTAMP pin selection ALARMOUTTYPE RTC_ALARM configuration TAMPER1 input floating 1 0 1 Don t care Don t care TIMESTAMP and TAMPER1 input fl...

Page 283: ...0 MODER9 1 0 MODER8 1 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MODER7 1 0 MODER6 1 0 MODER5 1 0 MODER4 1 0 MODER3 1 0 MODER2 1 0 MODER1 1 0 MODER0 1 0 rw...

Page 284: ...8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 OSPEEDR7 1 0 OSPEEDR6 1 0 OSPEEDR5 1 0 OSPEEDR4 1 0 OSPEEDR3 1 0 OSPEEDR2 1 0 OSPEEDR1 1 0 OSPEEDR0 1 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 2y 2y 1 OSPEEDRy 1 0 Port...

Page 285: ...IDR12 IDR11 IDR10 IDR9 IDR8 IDR7 IDR6 IDR5 IDR4 IDR3 IDR2 IDR1 IDR0 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 0 IDRy Port input data y 0 15 These bits ar...

Page 286: ...0 0000 Access 32 bit word only read write register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 BR15 BR14 BR13 BR12 BR11 BR10 BR9 BR8 BR7 BR6 BR5 BR4 BR3 BR2 BR1 BR0 w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w...

Page 287: ...K 15 0 must not change Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port any read access on the LCKK bit will return 1 until the next CPU reset Bits 1...

Page 288: ...AF13 1110 AF14 1111 AF15 Table 39 GPIO register map and reset values Offset Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 GPIOA_ MODER MODER15 1 0...

Page 289: ...PUPDR2 1 0 PUPDR1 1 0 PUPDR0 1 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0C GPIOx_PUPDR where x C I J K PUPDR15 1 0 PUPDR14 1 0 PUPDR13 1 0 PUPDR12 1 0 PUPDR11 1...

Page 290: ...AFRH where x A I J AFRH15 3 0 AFRH14 3 0 AFRH13 3 0 AFRH12 3 0 AFRH11 3 0 AFRH10 3 0 AFRH9 3 0 AFRH8 3 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 39 GPIO regis...

Page 291: ...when the supply voltage ranges from 2 4 to 3 6 V 9 2 SYSCFG registers for STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx 9 2 1 SYSCFG memory remap register SYSCFG_MEMRMP This register is used for specific con...

Page 292: ...0 0000 10 FSMC Bank1 NOR PSRAM 1 and 2 mapped at 0x0000 0000 11 Embedded SRAM SRAM1 mapped at 0x0000 0000 Note Refer to Section 2 3 Memory map for details about the memory mapping at address 0x0000 00...

Page 293: ...3 2 1 0 EXTI3 3 0 EXTI2 3 0 EXTI1 3 0 EXTI0 3 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 0 EXTIx 3 0 EXTI x configuration x 0 to 3 These...

Page 294: ...pin 0010 PC x pin 0011 PD x pin 0100 PE x pin 0101 PF x pin 0110 PG x pin 0111 PH x pin 1000 PI x pin 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EXT...

Page 295: ...Bits 15 0 EXTIx 3 0 EXTI x configuration x 12 to 15 These bits are written by software to select the source input for the EXTIx external interrupt 0000 PA x pin 0001 PB x pin 0010 PC x pin 0011 PD x p...

Page 296: ...register takes the value 0x00 Other bits are used to swap FMC SDRAM Bank 1 2 with FMC Bank 3 4 and configure the Flash Bank 1 2 mapping Table 40 SYSCFG register map and reset values STM32F405xx 07xx...

Page 297: ...remap 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved SWP_FMC Res FB_ MODE Reserved MEM_MODE 2 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 12 Reserved must be...

Page 298: ...0 0000 After reset these bits take the value selected by the Boot pins except for FMC 000 Main Flash memory mapped at 0x0000 0000 001 System Flash memory mapped at 0x0000 0000 010 FMC Bank1 NOR PSRAM...

Page 299: ...he same time and the sampling times differ These bits must not be set when the ADCDC1 bit is set in PWR_CR register Bits 15 0 Reserved must be kept at reset value 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 1...

Page 300: ...EXTI6 3 0 EXTI5 3 0 EXTI4 3 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 0 EXTIx 3 0 EXTI x configuration x 4 to 7 These bits are written...

Page 301: ...x pin 0101 PF x pin 0110 PG x pin 0111 PH x pin 1000 PI x pin 1001 PJ x pin Note PK 11 8 are not used 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EX...

Page 302: ...0 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved READY Reserved CMP_PD r rw Bits 31 9 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 8 READY Compensation cell ready flag 0 I O compensat...

Page 303: ...MC Reserved FB_MODE Reserved MEM_ MODE Reset value 0 0 0 x x x 0x04 SYSCFG_PMC Reserved MII_RMII_SEL Reserved ADC3DC2 ADC2DC2 ADC1DC2 Reserved Reset value 0 0 0 0 0x08 SYSCFG_EXTICR1 Reserved EXTI3 3...

Page 304: ...ess requests from one or more peripherals Each stream can have up to 8 channels requests in total And each has an arbiter for handling the priority between DMA requests 10 2 DMA main features The main...

Page 305: ...A requests The number of data items to be transferred can be managed either by the DMA controller or by the peripheral DMA flow controller the number of data items to be transferred is software progra...

Page 306: ...llow memory to memory transfers the AHB peripheral port must also have access to the memories The AHB slave port is used to program the DMA controller it supports only 32 bit accesses See Figure 33 an...

Page 307: ...ed to the bus matrix like DMA2 controller As a result only DMA2 streams are able to perform memory to memory transfers 3 6 CONTROLLER PERIPH RBITER MEMORY CONTROLLER MEMORY US MATRIX RBITER PERIPH 00...

Page 308: ...rammable Each DMA transfer consists of three operations A loading from the peripheral data register or a location in memory addressed through the DMA_SxPAR or DMA_SxM0AR register A storage of the data...

Page 309: ...5 Channel selection The 8 requests from the peripherals TIM ADC SPI I2C etc are independently connected to each channel and their connection depends on the product implementation See the following tab...

Page 310: ...DAC2 I2C2_TX 1 These requests are available on STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx only Table 42 DMA1 request mapping continued Peripheral requests Stream 0 Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Strea...

Page 311: ...egister and offers three possibilities memory to peripheral peripheral to memory or memory to memory transfers Table 44 describes the corresponding source and destination addresses When the data width...

Page 312: ...FO is fully reloaded with data from the memory The transfer stops once the DMA_SxNDTR register reaches zero when the peripheral requests the end of transfers in case of a peripheral flow controller or...

Page 313: ...he transfer stops once the DMA_SxNDTR register reaches zero or when the EN bit in the DMA_SxCR register is cleared by software The stream has access to the AHB source or destination port only if the a...

Page 314: ..._SxCR register In order to optimize the packing operation it is possible to fix the increment offset size for the peripheral address whatever the size of the data transferred on the AHB peripheral por...

Page 315: ...he Double buffer mode is enabled by setting the DBM bit in the DMA_SxCR register A double buffer stream works as a regular single buffer stream with the difference that it has two memory pointers When...

Page 316: ...ransferred is equal to 2 NDT The DMA controller only copes with little endian addressing for both source and destination This is described in Table 46 Packing unpacking endian behavior bit PINC MINC 1...

Page 317: ...B1 7 0 0x2 B2 7 0 0x3 B3 7 0 1 2 3 4 0x0 B0 7 0 0x4 B1 7 0 0x8 B2 7 0 0xC B3 7 0 0x0 B0 7 0 0x1 B1 7 0 0x2 B2 7 0 0x3 B3 7 0 8 16 2 1 2 3 4 0x0 B0 7 0 0x1 B1 7 0 0x2 B2 7 0 0x3 B3 7 0 1 2 0x0 B1 B0 1...

Page 318: ...burst transfers each DMA request generates 4 8 or 16 beats of byte half word or word transfers depending on the PBURST 1 0 and PSIZE 1 0 bits in the DMA_SxCR register The same as above has to be cons...

Page 319: ...the DMA_HISR or DMA_LISR register will be generated when the stream is enabled then the stream will be automatically disabled The allowed and forbidden configurations are described in the Source byte...

Page 320: ...action was requested during the DMA stream configuration Note When burst transfers are requested on the peripheral AHB port and the FIFO is used DMDIS 1 in the DMA_SxCR register it is mandatory to res...

Page 321: ...s in DMA_SxCR register are set to configure the stream to manage burst on the AHB memory port single transactions will be generated to complete the FIFO flush Direct mode By default the FIFO operates...

Page 322: ...was stopped There is no particular action to do except to clear the EN bit in the DMA_SxCR register to disable the stream The stream may take time to be disabled ongoing transfer is completed first Th...

Page 323: ...stream is switched off and the FIFO flush is triggered in the case of a peripheral to memory DMA transfer The TCIFx flag of the corresponding stream is set in the status register to indicate the DMA c...

Page 324: ...the case of a double buffer mode The data will be written to or read from this memory after the peripheral event 4 Configure the total number of data items to be transferred in the DMA_SxNDTR registe...

Page 325: ...e buffer mode FIFO error the FIFO error interrupt flag FEIFx is set if A FIFO underrun condition is detected A FIFO overrun condition is detected no detection in memory to memory mode because requests...

Page 326: ...ot acknowledged by the stream until the overrun or underrun condition is cleared If this acknowledge takes too much time the peripheral itself may detect an overrun or underrun condition of its intern...

Page 327: ...ts 26 20 10 4 HTIFx Stream x half transfer interrupt flag x 3 0 This bit is set by hardware It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the DMA_LIFCR register 0 No half transfer ev...

Page 328: ...rrupt flag x 7 4 This bit is set by hardware It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the DMA_HIFCR register 0 No half transfer event on stream x 1 A half transfer event occurre...

Page 329: ...esponding TEIFx flag in the DMA_LISR register Bits 24 18 8 2 CDMEIFx Stream x clear direct mode error interrupt flag x 3 0 Writing 1 to this bit clears the corresponding DMEIFx flag in the DMA_LISR re...

Page 330: ...rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 28 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 27 25 CHSEL 2 0 Channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software 000 channel 0 selected 001 channel 1 selected 010 chann...

Page 331: ...crement offset size This bit is set and cleared by software 0 The offset size for the peripheral address calculation is linked to the PSIZE 1 The offset size for the peripheral address calculation is...

Page 332: ...by software 00 Peripheral to memory 01 Memory to peripheral 10 Memory to memory 11 reserved These bits are protected and can be written only if EN is 0 Bit 5 PFCTRL Peripheral flow controller This bit...

Page 333: ...responding to the stream in DMA_LISR or DMA_HISR register must be cleared 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NDT 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw r...

Page 334: ...heral data register from to which the data will be read written These bits are write protected and can be written only when bit EN 0 in the DMA_SxCR register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18...

Page 335: ...These bits are write protected They can be written only if the stream is disabled bit EN 0 in the DMA_SxCR register or the stream is enabled EN 1 in DMA_SxCR register and bit CT 0 in the DMA_SxCR regi...

Page 336: ...rdware 0 Direct mode enabled 1 Direct mode disabled This bit is protected and can be written only if EN is 0 This bit is set by hardware if the memory to memory mode is selected DIR bit in DMA_SxCR ar...

Page 337: ...rved CTCIF7 CHTIF7 CTEIF7 CDMEIF7 Reserved CFEIF7 CTCIF6 CHTIF6 CTEIF6 CDMEIF6 Reserved CFEIF6 Reserved CTCIF5 CHTIF5 CTEIF5 CDMEIF5 Reserved CFEIF5 CTCIF4 CHTIF4 CTEIF4 CDMEIF4 Reserved CFEIF4 Reset...

Page 338: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x004C DMA_S2M0AR M0A 31 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0050 DMA_S2M1AR M1A 31 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 339: ...0 ACK CT DBM PL 1 0 PINCOS MSIZE 1 0 PSIZE 1 0 MINC PINC CIRC DIR 1 0 PFCTRL TCIE HTIE TEIE DMEIE EN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x008C DMA_S5NDTR Reserved NDT...

Page 340: ...R 1 0 PFCTRL TCIE HTIE TEIE DMEIE EN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x00BC DMA_S7NDTR Reserved NDT 15 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x00C0 DMA_S7PAR PA...

Page 341: ...hole of a source image into a part or the whole of a destination image Copying a part or the whole of a source image into a part or the whole of a destination image with a pixel format conversion Blen...

Page 342: ...ndwidth 4 operating modes register to memory memory to memory memory to memory with pixel format conversion and memory to memory with pixel format conversion and blending Area filling with a fixed col...

Page 343: ...isable the DMA2D interrupt Start suspend abort ongoing data transfers 11 3 3 DMA2D foreground and background FIFOs The DMA2D foreground FG FG FIFO and background BG FIFO fetch the input data to be cop...

Page 344: ...tes in memory to memory operation with pixel format conversion no blending operation the BG FIFO is not activated 11 3 4 DMA2D foreground and background pixel format converter PFC DMA2D foreground pix...

Page 345: ...is fixed and is defined in the DMA2D_FGCOLR for foreground pixels and in the DMA2D_BGCOLR register for background pixels The order of the fields in the system memory is defined in Table 53 Data order...

Page 346: ...round CLUT or DMA2D_BGCMAR register background CLUT b Program the CLUT size in the CS 7 0 field of the DMA2D_FGPFCCR register foreground CLUT or DMA2D_BGPFCCR register background CLUT c Set the START...

Page 347: ...11 3 7 DMA2D output PFC The output PFC performs the pixel format conversion from 32 bits to the output format defined in the CM 2 0 field of the DMA2D output pixel format converter configuration regis...

Page 348: ...ored into the memory in the order defined in Table 58 Data order in memory The RGB888 aligned on 32 bit is supported through the ARGB8888 mode 11 3 9 DMA2D AHB master port timer An 8 bit timer is embe...

Page 349: ...iguration Both source and destination data transfers can target peripherals and memories in the whole 4 Gbyte memory area at addresses ranging between 0x0000 0000 and 0xFFFF FFFF The DMA2D can operate...

Page 350: ...CLUT loading by setting the START bit of the DMA2D_FGPFCCR register Once the CLUT loading is complete the CTCIF flag of the DMA2D_IFR register is raised and an interrupt is generated if the CTCIE bit...

Page 351: ...bits by their respective PFCs they are blended according to the equation below The resulting 32 bit pixel value is encoded by the output PFC according to the specified output format and the data are w...

Page 352: ...ts of DMA2D_BGOR odd while CM of DMA2D_BGPFCCR is A4 or L4 Memory transfer except in memory to memory mode MA bits in DMA2D_OMAR are not aligned with CM bits in DMA2D_OPFCCR Memory transfer except in...

Page 353: ...their own interrupt enable flag in the DMA2D_CR register to generate an interrupt if need be TEIE and CAEIE 11 3 15 AHB dead time To limit the AHB bandwidth usage a dead time between two consecutive A...

Page 354: ...eset value Bits 17 16 MODE DMA2D mode This bit is set and cleared by software It cannot be modified while a transfer is ongoing 00 Memory to memory FG fetch only 01 Memory to memory with PFC FG fetch...

Page 355: ...automatically reset by hardware when the START bit is reset 0 No transfer abort requested 1 Transfer abort requested Bit 1 SUSP Suspend This bit can be used to suspend the current transfer This bit is...

Page 356: ...rogrammed Bit 4 CTCIF CLUT transfer complete interrupt flag This bit is set when the CLUT copy from a system memory area to the internal DMA2D memory is complete Bit 3 CAEIF CLUT access error interrup...

Page 357: ...o 1 clears the CEIF flag in the DMA2D_ISR register Bit 4 CCTCIF Clear CLUT transfer complete interrupt flag Programming this bit to 1 clears the CTCIF flag in the DMA2D_ISR register Bit 3 CAECIF Clear...

Page 358: ...started this register is read only The address alignment must match the image format selected e g a 32 bit per pixel format must be 32 bit aligned a 16 bit per pixel format must be 16 bit aligned and...

Page 359: ...ta transfers are disabled Once a data transfer has started this register is read only The address alignment must match the image format selected e g a 32 bit per pixel format must be 32 bit aligned a...

Page 360: ...ey become read only Bits 23 18 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 17 16 AM 1 0 Alpha mode These bits select the alpha channel value to be used for the foreground image They can only be written...

Page 361: ...n already ongoing data transfer or automatic background CLUT transfer Bit 4 CCM CLUT color mode This bit defines the color format of the CLUT It can only be written when the transfer is disabled Once...

Page 362: ...Red Value These bits defines the red value for the A4 or A8 mode of the foreground image They can only be written when data transfers are disabled Once the transfer has started they are read only Bit...

Page 363: ...n when data transfers are disabled Once the transfer has started they are read only Bits 23 18 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 17 16 AM 1 0 Alpha mode These bits define which alpha channel v...

Page 364: ...y on going data transfer or automatic BackGround CLUT transfer Bit 4 CCM CLUT Color mode These bits define the color format of the CLUT This register can only be written when the transfer is disabled...

Page 365: ...Bits 15 8 GREEN 7 0 Green Value These bits define the green value for the A4 or A8 mode of the background These bits can only be written when data transfers are disabled Once the transfer has started...

Page 366: ...ddress of the data used for the CLUT address dedicated to the background image This register can only be written when no transfer is on going Once the CLUT transfer has started this register is read o...

Page 367: ...e the alpha channel of the output color These bits can only be written when data transfers are disabled Once the transfer has started they are read only Bits 23 16 RED 7 0 Red Value These bits define...

Page 368: ...rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MA 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 0 MA 31 0 Memory Address Address of the data used for the output FIFO These bits c...

Page 369: ...ess of the next line These bits can only be written when data transfers are disabled Once the transfer has started they are read only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved PL 13 0 r...

Page 370: ...allow to configure the line watermark for interrupt generation An interrupt is raised when the last pixel of the watermarked line has been transferred These bits can only be written when data transfer...

Page 371: ...eset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x001C DMA2D_FGPFCCR ALPHA 7 0 Reserved AM 1 0 CS 7 0 Res START CCM CM 3 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0020 DMA2D_FGCOLR APLHA...

Page 372: ...ed DT 7 0 Reserved EN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0050 Ox03FF Reserved 0x0400 0x07FF DMA2D_FGCLUT APLHA 7 0 255 0 RED 7 0 255 0 GREEN 7 0 255 0 BLUE 7 0 255 0 Reset value X X X X X X X X X X X X X...

Page 373: ...d efficient processing of late arriving interrupts All interrupts including the core exceptions are managed by the NVIC For more information on exceptions and NVIC programming refer to programming man...

Page 374: ...Monitor Debug Monitor 0x0000 0030 Reserved 0x0000 0034 5 settable PendSV Pendable request for system service 0x0000 0038 6 settable SysTick System tick timer 0x0000 003C 0 7 settable WWDG Window Watch...

Page 375: ...terrupt 0x0000 00A0 25 32 settable TIM1_UP_TIM10 TIM1 Update interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt 0x0000 00A4 26 33 settable TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11 TIM1 Trigger and Commutation interrupts and TIM11 global...

Page 376: ...rrupt 0x0000 0108 51 58 settable SPI3 SPI3 global interrupt 0x0000 010C 52 59 settable UART4 UART4 global interrupt 0x0000 0110 53 60 settable UART5 UART5 global interrupt 0x0000 0114 54 61 settable T...

Page 377: ...global interrupt 0x0000 0168 75 82 settable OTG_HS_EP1_IN USB On The Go HS End Point 1 In global interrupt 0x0000 016C 76 83 settable OTG_HS_WKUP USB On The Go HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt 0x0000...

Page 378: ...up interrupt through the EXTI line 0x0000 004C 4 11 settable FLASH Flash global interrupt 0x0000 0050 5 12 settable RCC RCC global interrupt 0x0000 0054 6 13 settable EXTI0 EXTI Line0 interrupt 0x0000...

Page 379: ...obal interrupt 0x0000 00B4 30 37 settable TIM4 TIM4 global interrupt 0x0000 00B8 31 38 settable I2C1_EV I2 C1 event interrupt 0x0000 00BC 32 39 settable I2C1_ER I2 C1 error interrupt 0x0000 00C0 33 40...

Page 380: ...l interrupt 0x0000 0120 57 64 settable DMA2_Stream1 DMA2 Stream1 global interrupt 0x0000 0124 58 65 settable DMA2_Stream2 DMA2 Stream2 global interrupt 0x0000 0128 59 66 settable DMA2_Stream3 DMA2 Str...

Page 381: ...TG_HS_WKUP USB On The Go HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt 0x0000 0170 77 84 settable OTG_HS USB On The Go HS global interrupt 0x0000 0174 78 85 settable DCMI DCMI global interrupt 0x0000 0178 79 86 se...

Page 382: ...hen the CPU resumes from WFE it is not necessary to clear the peripheral interrupt pending bit or the NVIC IRQ channel pending bit as the pending bit corresponding to the event line is not set To use...

Page 383: ...re the 23 lines as interrupt sources use the following procedure Configure the mask bits of the 23 interrupt lines EXTI_IMR Configure the Trigger selection bits of the interrupt lines EXTI_RTSR and EX...

Page 384: ...PIOs STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx are connected to the 16 external interrupt event lines in the following manner Figure 42 External interrupt event GPIO mapping STM32F405xx 07xx and STM32F415xx 17xx 0...

Page 385: ...vent EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup event EXTI line 19 is connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event EXTI line 20 is connected to the USB OTG HS configured in FS Wakeup event EXTI line...

Page 386: ...MR13 MR12 MR11 MR10 MR9 MR8 MR7 MR6 MR5 MR4 MR3 MR2 MR1 MR0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 23 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 22 0 MRx Interrupt mask on line x 0 In...

Page 387: ...ne In this configuration both generate a trigger condition 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved TR22 TR21 TR20 TR19 TR18 TR17 TR16 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5...

Page 388: ...are enabled on line x in the EXTI_IMR register writing 1 to SWIERx bit when it is set at 0 sets the corresponding pending bit in the EXTI_PR register thus resulting in an interrupt request generation...

Page 389: ...10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 EXTI_IMR Reserved MR 22 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x04 EXTI_EMR Reserved MR 22 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 390: ...bit 8 bit or 6 bit configurable resolution Interrupt generation at the end of conversion end of injected conversion and in case of analog watchdog or overrun events Single and continuous conversion m...

Page 391: ...DocID018909 Rev 11 391 1731 RM0090 Analog to digital converter ADC 434 13 3 ADC functional description Figure 44 shows a single ADC block diagram and Table 65 gives the ADC pin description...

Page 392: ...TS LAGS ENABLE BITS 7 NALOG WATCHDOG EVENT 6 633 62 62 NTERRUPT 84 4 ROM PRESCALER BITS ND OF CONVERSION CHANNELS NJECTED CHANNELS ND OF INJECTED CONVERSION 7 UP TO UP TO 2EGULAR DATA REGISTER X BITS...

Page 393: ...It is possible to organize the conversions in two groups regular and injected A group consists of a sequence of conversions that can be done on any channel and in any order For instance it is possibl...

Page 394: ...AT conversion is performed The internal reference voltage VREFINT is connected to ADC1_IN17 The VBAT channel connected to channel ADC1_IN18 can also be converted as an injected or regular channel Note...

Page 395: ...DC needs a stabilization time of tSTAB before it starts converting accurately After the start of the ADC conversion and after 15 clock cycles the EOC flag is set and the 16 bit ADC data register conta...

Page 396: ...et the direct memory access DMA controller is used to transfer the data converted from the regular group of channels stored in the ADC_DR register to SRAM after each regular channel conversion The EOC...

Page 397: ...ing timing diagram Note When using triggered injection one must ensure that the interval between trigger events is longer than the injection sequence For instance if the sequence length is 30 ADC cloc...

Page 398: ...mode no rollover occurs When all subgroups are converted the next trigger starts the conversion of the first subgroup In the example above the 4th trigger reconverts the channels 0 1 and 2 in the 1st...

Page 399: ...ive value The SEXT bit represents the extended sign value For channels in a regular group no offset is subtracted so only twelve bits are significant Figure 48 Right alignment of 12 bit data Figure 49...

Page 400: ...EXTI line If the EXTEN 1 0 control bits for a regular conversion or JEXTEN 1 0 bits for an injected conversion are different from 0b00 then external events are able to trigger a conversion with the se...

Page 401: ...urce Type EXTSEL 3 0 TIM1_CH1 event Internal signal from on chip timers 0000 TIM1_CH2 event 0001 TIM1_CH3 event 0010 TIM2_CH2 event 0011 TIM2_CH3 event 0100 TIM2_CH4 event 0101 TIM2_TRGO event 0110 TI...

Page 402: ...er conversion by reducing the ADC resolution The RES bits are used to select the number of bits available in the data register The minimum conversion time for each resolution is then as follows 12 bit...

Page 403: ...ocked after the last valid data have been transferred which means that all the data transferred to the RAM can be considered as valid At the end of the last DMA transfer number of transfers configured...

Page 404: ...sly by the ADC1 master to the ADC2 and ADC3 slaves depending on the mode selected by the MULTI 4 0 bits in the ADC_CCR register Note In multi ADC mode when configuring conversion trigger by an externa...

Page 405: ...l ADC mode the ADC common data register ADC_CDR contains both the ADC1 and ADC2 s regular converted data All 32 register bits are used X X X 0 0ORTS DDRESS DATA BUS 84 84 NJECTED DATA REGISTERS X BITS...

Page 406: ...equest two data items are available two half words representing two ADC converted data items are transferred as a word In Dual ADC mode both ADC2 and ADC1 data are transferred on the first request ADC...

Page 407: ...3 in triple mode only the DMA requests are no longer issued to ensure that all the data transferred to the RAM are valid It may happen that the EOC bit corresponding to one ADC remains set because the...

Page 408: ...annels triple ADC mode 13 9 2 Regular simultaneous mode This mode is performed on a regular group of channels The external trigger source comes from the regular group multiplexer of ADC1 selected by t...

Page 409: ...e 54 Regular simultaneous mode on 16 channels dual ADC mode Triple ADC mode At the end of conversion event on ADC1 ADC2 or ADC3 Three 32 bit DMA transfer requests are generated if DMA 1 0 bits in the...

Page 410: ...terrupted for instance when DMA end of transfer occurs the multi ADC sequencer must be reset by configuring it in independent mode first bits DUAL 4 0 00000 before reprogramming the interleaved mode A...

Page 411: ...al to 0b10 The request first transfers the first converted data stored in the lower half word of the ADC_CDR 32 bit register to SRAM then it transfers the second converted data stored in ADC_CDR s upp...

Page 412: ...els in the group have been converted A JEOC interrupt if enabled is generated after all injected ADC2 channels in the group have been converted If another external trigger occurs after all injected ch...

Page 413: ...ed If another external trigger occurs after all injected channels in the group have been converted then the alternate trigger process restarts by converting the injected ADC1 channels in the group Fig...

Page 414: ...synchronously at the end of the injected conversion Note In combined regular simultaneous alternate trigger mode one must convert sequences with the same length or ensure that the interval between tr...

Page 415: ...e input channel ADC1_IN18 as VBAT ADC1_IN18 is used to convert the sensor output voltage or VBAT into a digital value Only one conversion temperature sensor or VBAT must be selected at a time When the...

Page 416: ...ta register 8 Calculate the temperature using the following formula Temperature in C VSENSE V25 Avg_Slope 25 Where V25 VSENSE value for 25 C Avg_Slope average slope of the temperature vs VSENSE curve...

Page 417: ...M32F42xx and STM32F43xx devices VBAT and temperature sensor are connected to the same ADC internal channel ADC1_IN18 Only one conversion either temperature sensor or VBAT must be selected at a time Wh...

Page 418: ...nnel conversion starts It is cleared by software 0 No regular channel conversion started 1 Regular channel conversion has started Bit 3 JSTRT Injected channel start flag This bit is set by hardware wh...

Page 419: ...01 10 bit 13 ADCCLK cycles 10 8 bit 11 ADCCLK cycles 11 6 bit 9 ADCCLK cycles Bit 23 AWDEN Analog watchdog enable on regular channels This bit is set and cleared by software 0 Analog watchdog disable...

Page 420: ...t At the end of each regular group sequence if the EOCS bit is cleared to 0 At the end of each regular channel conversion if the EOCS bit is set to 1 Note A JEOC interrupt is generated only on the end...

Page 421: ...on is launched Bits 29 28 EXTEN External trigger enable for regular channels These bits are set and cleared by software to select the external trigger polarity and enable the trigger of a regular grou...

Page 422: ...3 CC2 event 0101 Timer 3 CC4 event 0110 Timer 4 CC1 event 0111 Timer 4 CC2 event 1000 Timer 4 CC3 event 1001 Timer 4 TRGO event 1010 Timer 5 CC4 event 1011 Timer 5 TRGO event 1100 Timer 8 CC2 event 1...

Page 423: ...d SMP18 2 0 SMP17 2 0 SMP16 2 0 SMP15 2 1 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SMP15_0 SMP14 2 0 SMP13 2 0 SMP12 2 0 SMP11 2 0 SMP10 2 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw...

Page 424: ...les 110 144 cycles 111 480 cycles 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved JOFFSETx 11 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 12 R...

Page 425: ...28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved L 3 0 SQ16 4 1 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SQ16_0 SQ15 4 0 SQ14 4 0 SQ13 4 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw B...

Page 426: ...n regular sequence Bits 19 15 SQ10 4 0 10th conversion in regular sequence Bits 14 10 SQ9 4 0 9th conversion in regular sequence Bits 9 5 SQ8 4 0 8th conversion in regular sequence Bits 4 0 SQ7 4 0 7t...

Page 427: ...L 1 0 JSQ4 4 1 rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 JSQ4 0 JSQ3 4 0 JSQ2 4 0 JSQ1 4 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 22 Reserved must be kept at reset value...

Page 428: ...right aligned as shown in Figure 48 and Figure 49 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA 15 0 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 16 Re...

Page 429: ...ster Bit 11 JSTRT2 Injected channel Start flag of ADC2 This bit is a copy of the JSTRT bit in the ADC2_SR register Bit 10 JEOC2 Injected channel end of conversion of ADC2 This bit is a copy of the JEO...

Page 430: ...must be kept at reset value Bits 17 16 ADCPRE ADC prescaler Set and cleared by software to select the frequency of the clock to the ADC The clock is common for all the ADCs Note 00 PCLK2 divided by 2...

Page 431: ...de 00010 Combined regular simultaneous alternate trigger mode 00011 Reserved 00101 Injected simultaneous mode only 00110 Regular simultaneous mode only 00111 interleaved mode only 01001 Alternate trig...

Page 432: ...Refer to Dual ADC mode In triple mode these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC2 ADC1 and ADC3 Refer to Triple ADC mode Bits 15 0 DATA1 15 0 1st data item of a pair of regular conversi...

Page 433: ...Reserved HT 11 0 Reset value 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0x28 ADC_LTR Reserved LT 11 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x2C ADC_SQR1 Reserved L 3 0 Regular channel sequence SQx_x bits Reset value 0 0...

Page 434: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 ADC_CSR Reserved OVR STRT JSTRT JEOC EOC AWD Reser ved OVR STRT JSTRT JEOC EOC AWD Reser ved OVR STRT JSTRT JEOC EOC AWD Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ADC3 ADC2...

Page 435: ...ual DAC channel mode conversions could be done independently or simultaneously when both channels are grouped together for synchronous update operations An input reference pin VREF shared with ADC is...

Page 436: ...marks VREF Input analog reference positive The higher positive reference voltage for the DAC 1 8 V VREF VDDA VDDA Input analog supply Analog power supply VSSA Input analog supply ground Ground for ana...

Page 437: ...corresponding BOFFx bit in the DAC_CR register 14 3 3 DAC data format Depending on the selected configuration mode the data have to be written into the specified register as described below Single DAC...

Page 438: ...rnal non memory mapped registers The DHR1 and DHR2 registers are then loaded into the DOR1 and DOR2 registers respectively either automatically by software trigger or by an external event trigger Figu...

Page 439: ...a rising edge on the selected timer TRGO output or on the selected external interrupt line 9 the last data stored into the DAC_DHRx register are transferred into the DAC_DORx register The DAC_DORx reg...

Page 440: ...r the first external trigger is received first request then no new request is issued and the DMA channelx underrun flag DMAUDRx in the DAC_SR register is set reporting the error condition DMA data tra...

Page 441: ...tion It is possible to add a small amplitude triangular waveform on a DC or slowly varying signal DAC triangle wave generation is selected by setting WAVEx 1 0 to 10 The amplitude is configured throug...

Page 442: ...drive both DAC channels at the same time Eleven possible conversion modes are possible using the two DAC channels and these dual registers All the conversion modes can nevertheless be obtained using s...

Page 443: ...ted When a DAC channel2 trigger arrives the LFSR2 counter with the same mask is added to the DHR2 register and the sum is transferred into DAC_DOR2 three APB1 clock cycles later Then the LFSR2 counter...

Page 444: ...nfigure the DAC in this conversion mode the following sequence is required Set the two DAC channel trigger enable bits TEN1 and TEN2 Configure different trigger sources by setting different values in...

Page 445: ...rrives the LFSR1 counter with the same mask is added to the DHR1 register and the sum is transferred into DAC_DOR1 three APB1 clock cycles later The LFSR1 counter is then updated At the same time the...

Page 446: ...transferred into DAC_DOR2 three APB1 clock cycles later The DAC channel2 triangle counter is then updated 14 4 11 Simultaneous trigger with different triangle generation To configure the DAC in this...

Page 447: ...disabled 1 DAC channel2 DMA mode enabled Bits 27 24 MAMP2 3 0 DAC channel2 mask amplitude selector These bits are written by software to select mask in wave generation mode or amplitude in triangle ge...

Page 448: ...r are transferred three APB1 clock cycles later to the DAC_DOR2 register Note When software trigger is selected the transfer from the DAC_DHRx register to the DAC_DOR2 register takes only one APB1 clo...

Page 449: ...d 1x Triangle wave generation enabled Note Only used if bit TEN1 1 DAC channel1 trigger enabled Bits 5 3 TSEL1 2 0 DAC channel1 trigger selection These bits select the external event used to trigger D...

Page 450: ...gger enabled Note This bit is cleared by hardware one APB1 clock cycle later once the DAC_DHR2 register value has been loaded into the DAC_DOR2 register Bit 0 SWTRIG1 DAC channel1 software trigger Thi...

Page 451: ...1 0 Reserved rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 4 DACC1DHR 11 0 DAC channel1 12 bit left aligned data These bits are written by software which...

Page 452: ...R 11 0 DAC channel2 12 bit right aligned data These bits are written by software which specifies 12 bit data for DAC channel2 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10...

Page 453: ...tten by software which specifies 12 bit data for DAC channel2 Bits 15 12 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 11 0 DACC1DHR 11 0 DAC channel1 12 bit right aligned data These bits are written by s...

Page 454: ...gned data These bits are written by software which specifies 8 bit data for DAC channel2 Bits 7 0 DACC1DHR 7 0 DAC channel1 8 bit right aligned data These bits are written by software which specifies...

Page 455: ...d must be kept at reset value Bit 13 DMAUDR1 DAC channel1 DMA underrun flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared by software by writing it to 1 0 No DMA underrun error condition occurred for DAC ch...

Page 456: ...eserved DACC1DHR 11 0 0x24 DAC_ DHR12LD DACC2DHR 11 0 Reserved DACC1DHR 11 0 Reserved 0x28 DAC_ DHR8RD Reserved DACC2DHR 7 0 DACC1DHR 7 0 0x2C DAC_ DOR1 Reserved DACC1DOR 11 0 0x30 DAC_ DOR2 Reserved...

Page 457: ...llel interface Embedded external line and frame synchronization Continuous or snapshot mode Crop feature Supports the following data formats 8 10 12 14 bit progressive video either monochrome or raw b...

Page 458: ...by the DMA not by the camera interface The data received from the camera can be organized in lines frames raw YUB RGB Bayer modes or can be a sequence of JPEG images To enable JPEG image reception th...

Page 459: ...d the unused data pins must not be assigned to DCMI interface through GPIO alternate functions The data are synchronous with PIXCLK and change on the rising falling edge of the pixel clock depending o...

Page 460: ...in the MSB position in the 32 bit word as shown in Table 80 12 bit data When EDM 1 0 in DCMI_CR are programmed to 10 the camera interface captures the 12 bit data at its input D 0 11 and stores them...

Page 461: ...ot in data Embedded synchronization codes are supported only for the 8 bit parallel data interface width that is in the DCMI_CR register the EDM 1 0 bits should be cleared to 00 For compressed data th...

Page 462: ...es that are not used in data anymore There are 4 types of codes all with a 0xFF0000XY format The embedded synchronization codes are supported only in 8 bit parallel data width capture in the DCMI_CR r...

Page 463: ...start code is embedded in the bit 4 of the frame start code 15 5 4 Capture modes This interface supports two types of capture snapshot single frame and continuous grab Snapshot mode single frame In t...

Page 464: ...on mode ESS 0 in DCMI_CR the IT_VSYNC interrupt is generated if enabled even when CAPTURE 0 in DCMI_CR so to reduce the frame capture rate even further the IT_VSYNC interrupt can be used to count the...

Page 465: ...capture while HSYNC serves as a data enable signal The number of bytes in a line may not be a multiple of 4 you should therefore be careful when handling this case since a DMA request is generated eac...

Page 466: ...els No limit in JPEG compressed mode For monochrome RGB YCbCr the frame buffer is stored in raster mode 32 bit words are used Only the little endian format is supported Figure 80 Pixel raster scan ord...

Page 467: ...hroma blue and red Each component is encoded in 8 bits Luma and chroma are stored together interleaved as shown in Table 85 15 7 DCMI interrupts Five interrupts are generated All interrupts are maskab...

Page 468: ...ck 01 Interface captures 10 bit data on every pixel clock 10 Interface captures 12 bit data on every pixel clock 11 Interface captures 14 bit data on every pixel clock Bits 9 8 FCRC 1 0 Frame capture...

Page 469: ...tured If the size of the crop window exceeds the picture size then only the picture size is captured Bit 1 CM Capture mode 0 Continuous grab mode The received data are transferred into the destination...

Page 470: ...it gives the state of the VSYNC pin with the correct programmed polarity When embedded synchronization codes are used the meaning of this bit is the following 0 active frame 1 synchronization between...

Page 471: ...changes from the inactive state to the active state In the case of embedded synchronization this bit is set only if the CAPTURE bit is set in DCMI_CR It is cleared by writing a 1 to the VSYNC_ISC bit...

Page 472: ...when a line has been completely received Bit 3 VSYNC_IE VSYNC interrupt enable 0 No interrupt generation 1 An interrupt is generated on each VSYNC transition from the inactive to the active state The...

Page 473: ...t is generated on VSYNC transitions 1 An interrupt is generated on each VSYNC transition from the inactive to the active state and the VSYNC_IE bit is set in DCMI_IER The active state of the VSYNC sig...

Page 474: ...15 5 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 4 LINE_ISC line interrupt status clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears LINE_RIS in the DCMI_RIS register Bit 3 VSYNC_ISC Vertical synch interrupt status...

Page 475: ...C is programmed to 0xFF all the unused codes 0xFF0000XY are interpreted as frame end delimiters Bits 23 16 LEC Line end delimiter code This byte specifies the code of the line end delimiter The code c...

Page 476: ...e of the line end delimiter 0 The corresponding bit in the LEC byte in DCMI_ESCR is masked while comparing the line end delimiter with the received data 1 The corresponding bit in the LEC byte in DCMI...

Page 477: ...be kept at reset value Bit 13 0 HOFFCNT 13 0 Horizontal offset count This value gives the number of pixel clocks to count before starting a capture 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 1...

Page 478: ...r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 24 Data byte 3 Bits 23 16 Data byte 2 Bits 15 8 Data byte 1 Bits 7 0 Data byte 0 Table 87 DCMI register map and reset values Offset Reg...

Page 479: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x20 DCMI_CWSTR T Reserve d VST 12 0 Reserved HOFFCNT 13 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x24 DCMI_CWSIZ...

Page 480: ...le CLUT up to 256 color 256x24 bit per layer Supports up to XGA 1024x768 resolution Programmable timings for different display panels Programmable Background color Programmable polarity for HSync VSyn...

Page 481: ...reset and clocks The LCD TFT controller peripheral uses 3 clock domains The AHB clock domain HCLK for data transfer from the memories to the Layer FIFO The APB2 clock domain PCLK2 for register configu...

Page 482: ...ust be connected to LCD TFT controller LCD_R 7 3 LCD_G 7 2 and LCD_B 7 3 16 4 LTDC programmable parameters The LCD TFT controller provides flexible configurable parameters It can be enabled or disable...

Page 483: ...tive Height are configured by programming the accumulated value HSYNC Width HBP Active Width 1 and the accumulated value VSYNC Width VBP Active Height 1 in the LTDC_AWCR register only up to 1024x768 i...

Page 484: ...01E7 TOTALH 10 0 is 0x1E7 0x4 0x2 0x1E0 1 Programmable polarity The Horizontal and Vertical Synchronization Data Enable and Pixel Clock output signals polarity can be programmed to active high or acti...

Page 485: ...two layers can be enabled disabled and configured separately The layer display order is fixed and it is bottom up If two layers are enabled the Layer2 is the top displayed window Windowing Every layer...

Page 486: ...565 red channel become bit positions 43210432 the 3 LSBs are filled with the 3 MSBs of the 5 bits The figure below describes the pixel data mapping depending on the selected format Table 89 Pixel Data...

Page 487: ...y 256 colors The address of each color is configured in the CLUTADD bits in the LTDC_LxCLUTWR register In case of AL44 input pixel format the CLUT has to be only loaded by 16 colors The address of eac...

Page 488: ...is generated if it has been previously enabled If it is set to more bytes than actually required the useless data read from the FIFO is discarded The useless data is not displayed Color Frame Buffer...

Page 489: ...at run time to replace the pixel RGB value The Color Keying is enabled through the LTDC_LxCKCR register 16 5 LTDC interrupts The LTDC provides four maskable interrupts logically ORed to two interrupt...

Page 490: ...The number of lines of the color frame buffer in the LTDC_LxCFBLNR register if needed load the CLUT with the RGB values and its address in the LTDC_LxCLUTWR register If needed configure the default c...

Page 491: ...C programmable parameters for an example of configuration Address offset 0x0C Reset value 0x0000 0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved HSW 11 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw...

Page 492: ...its of horizontal scan line These bits define the accumulated Vertical back porch width which includes the Vertical Synchronization and Vertical back porch lines minus 1 The Vertical back porch is the...

Page 493: ...19 18 17 16 Reserved TOTALW 11 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved TOTALH 10 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 28 Reserved must be kept at res...

Page 494: ...8 PCPOL Pixel Clock Polarity This bit is set and cleared by software 0 input pixel clock 1 inverted input pixel clock Bits 27 17 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 16 DEN Dither Enable This bit...

Page 495: ...set 0x2C Reset value 0x0000 0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved VBR IMR rw rw Bits 31 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bi...

Page 496: ...ground blue value 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved RRIE TERRIE FUIE LIE rw rw rw rw Bits 31 4 Reserved must be kept at reset valu...

Page 497: ...rupt generated 1 Register Reload interrupt generated when a vertical blanking reload occurs and the first line after the active area is reached Bit 2 TERRIF Transfer Error interrupt flag 0 No Transfer...

Page 498: ...IF Clears the Transfer Error Interrupt Flag 0 No effect 1 Clears the TERRIF flag in the LTDC_ISR register Bit 1 CFUIF Clears the FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag 0 No effect 1 Clears the FUDERRIF flag in...

Page 499: ...ed polarity in the LTDC_GCR register instead it returns the current active display phase Bits 31 16 CXPOS 15 0 Current X Position These bits return the current X position Bits 15 0 CYPOS 15 0 Current...

Page 500: ...e allowed Address offset 0x88 0x80 x Layerx 1 Layerx 1 or 2 Reset value 0x0000 0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CLUTEN Reser...

Page 501: ...egister The last visible line of a frame is the programmed value of AAH 10 0 bits in the LTDC_AWCR register All values within this range are allowed Address offset 0x8C 0x80 x Layerx 1 Layerx 1 or 2 R...

Page 502: ...e RGB which is used by the Color Keying Address offset 0x90 0x80 x Layerx 1 Layerx 1 or 2 Reset value 0x0000 0000 Bits 31 27 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 26 16 WVSPPOS 10 0 Window Vertica...

Page 503: ...constant alpha value divided by 255 by Hardware which is used in the alpha blending Refer to LTDC_LxBFCR register Address offset 0x98 0x80 x Layerx 1 Layerx 1 or 2 Reset value Layerx 1 0x0000 00FF 31...

Page 504: ...hese bits configure the Constant Alpha used for blending The Constant Alpha is divided by 255 by hardware Example if the programmed Constant Alpha is 0xFF the Constant Alpha value is 255 255 1 31 30 2...

Page 505: ...8 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved BF1 2 0 Reserved BF2 2 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 11 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 10 8 BF1 2...

Page 506: ...t to the address where the pixel data of the top left pixel of a layer is stored in the frame buffer Address offset 0xAC 0x80 x Layerx 1 Layerx 1 or 2 Reset value 0x0000 0000 16 7 23 LTDC Layerx Color...

Page 507: ...ayer If it is configured to less bytes than required a FIFO underrun interrupt will be generated if enabled The start address and pitch settings on the other hand define the correct start of every lin...

Page 508: ...in the LTDC_LxCR register The CLUT is only meaningful for L8 AL44 and AL88 pixel format 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 CLUTADD 7 0 RED 7 0 w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w 15 14 13 12...

Page 509: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0018 LTDC_GCR HSPOL VSPOL DEPOL PCPOL Reserve DEN Reserved DRW 2 0 Reserved DGW 2 0 Reserved DBW 2 0 Reserved LTDCEN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0x0024 LTDC...

Page 510: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0104 LTDC_L2CR Reserved CLUTEN Reserved COLKEN LEN Reset value 0 0 0 0x0108 LTDC_L2WHPCR Reserved WHSPPOS 11 0 Reserved WHSTPOS 11 0 Rese...

Page 511: ...e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0144 LTDC_L2CLUTWR CLUTADD 7 0 RED 7 0 GREEN 7 0 BLUE 7 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 91 LTDC register map and reset val...

Page 512: ...for a variety of purposes including measuring the pulse lengths of input signals input capture or generating output waveforms output compare PWM complementary PWM with dead time insertion Pulse length...

Page 513: ...cuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect several timers together Repetition counter to update the timer registers only after a given number of cycles of the counter Break in...

Page 514: ...ector IC2PS IC1PS TI1FP1 output control DTG output control DTG output control Reg event Notes Preload registers transferred to active registers on U event according to control bit interrupt DMA output...

Page 515: ...load preload enable bit ARPE in TIMx_CR1 register The update event is sent when the counter reaches the overflow or underflow when downcounting and if the UDIS bit equals 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register It...

Page 516: ...us one TIMx_RCR 1 Else the update event is generated at each counter overflow Setting the UG bit in the TIMx_EGR register by software or by using the slave mode controller also generates an update eve...

Page 517: ...update flag UIF bit in TIMx_SR register is set depending on the URS bit The repetition counter is reloaded with the content of TIMx_RCR register The auto reload shadow register is updated with the pr...

Page 518: ...t preloaded CK_PSC 0000 0001 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF 0035 0036 Counter overflow Update event UEV Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register 00 1F 20 Update interr...

Page 519: ...estarts from the current auto reload value whereas the counter of the prescaler restarts from 0 but the prescale rate doesn t change In addition if the URS bit update request selection in TIMx_CR1 reg...

Page 520: ...y 2 Figure 97 Counter timing diagram internal clock divided by 4 CK_PSC 36 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF Counter underflow cnt_udf Update event UEV 35 34 33 32 3...

Page 521: ...aligned mode 1 CMS 01 the counter counts up Center aligned mode 2 CMS 10 the counter counts up and down Center aligned mode 3 CMS 11 In this mode the DIR direction bit in the TIMx_CR1 register cannot...

Page 522: ...d the update flag UIF bit in TIMx_SR register is set depending on the URS bit The repetition counter is reloaded with the content of TIMx_RCR register The buffer of the prescaler is reloaded with the...

Page 523: ...overflow Figure 103 Counter timing diagram internal clock divided by N CK_PSC 0002 0000 0001 0002 0003 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF 0003 0001 Counter underflow...

Page 524: ...isters to the shadow registers TIMx_ARR auto reload register TIMx_PSC prescaler register but also TIMx_CCRx capture compare registers in compare mode every N 1 counter overflows or underflows where N...

Page 525: ...e slave mode controller it occurs immediately whatever the value of the repetition counter is and the repetition counter is reloaded with the content of the TIMx_RCR register In center aligned mode fo...

Page 526: ...ed automatically As soon as the CEN bit is written to 1 the prescaler is clocked by the internal clock CK_INT Figure 107 shows the behavior of the control circuit and the upcounter in normal mode with...

Page 527: ...ct TI2 as the trigger input source by writing TS 110 in the TIMx_SMCR register 6 Enable the counter by writing CEN 1 in the TIMx_CR1 register Note The capture prescaler is not used for triggering so y...

Page 528: ...zation circuit on the ETRP signal Figure 111 Control circuit in external clock mode 2 17 3 5 Capture compare channels Each Capture Compare channel is built around a capture compare register including...

Page 529: ...8 ICPS 1 0 TI1F_ED filter ICF 3 0 downcounter TIMx_CCMR1 Edge Detector TI1F_Rising TI1F_Falling to the slave mode controller TI1FP1 11 01 TIMx_CCMR1 CC1S 1 0 IC1 TI2FP1 TRC from channel 2 from slave m...

Page 530: ...hen a capture occurs the corresponding CCXIF flag TIMx_SR register is set and an interrupt or a DMA request can be sent if they are enabled If a capture occurs while the CCxIF flag was already high th...

Page 531: ...nel by writing CC1P and CC1NP bits to 0 in the TIMx_CCER register rising edge in this case Program the input prescaler In our example we wish the capture to be performed at each valid transition so th...

Page 532: ...ster TI1 selected Select the active polarity for TI1FP1 used both for capture in TIMx_CCR1 and counter clear write the CC1P and CC1NP bits to 0 active on rising edge Select the active input for TIMx_C...

Page 533: ...ompare mode This function is used to control an output waveform or indicating when a period of time has elapsed When a match is found between the capture compare register and the counter the output co...

Page 534: ...put compare mode toggle on OC1 17 3 10 PWM mode Pulse Width Modulation mode allows you to generate a signal with a frequency determined by the value of the TIMx_ARR register and a duty cycle determine...

Page 535: ...er is low Refer to Section Upcounting mode on page 516 In the following example we consider PWM mode 1 The reference PWM signal OCxREF is high as long as TIMx_CNT TIMx_CCRx else it becomes low If the...

Page 536: ...the CMS bits configuration The direction bit DIR in the TIMx_CR1 register is updated by hardware and must not be changed by software Refer to Section Center aligned mode up down counting on page 521 F...

Page 537: ...s of level shifters delays due to power switches You can select the polarity of the outputs main output OCx or complementary OCxN independently for each output This is done by writing to the CCxP and...

Page 538: ...be re directed to the OCx output or to OCxN output by configuring the CCxE and CCxNE bits in the TIMx_CCER register This allows you to send a specific waveform such as PWM or static active level on o...

Page 539: ...ction before reading it correctly This is because you write the asynchronous signal and read the synchronous signal When a break occurs selected level on the break input The MOE bit is cleared asynchr...

Page 540: ...TIMx_BDTR register By software through the BG bit of the TIMx_EGR register In addition to the break input and the output management a write protection has been implemented inside the break circuit to...

Page 541: ...0 OISx 0 OCx OCxN not implemented CCxP 1 OISx 1 OCx OCxN not implemented CCxP 1 OISx 0 OCx OCxN CCxE 1 CCxP 0 OISx 0 CCxNE 1 CCxNP 0 OISxN 1 delay delay delay OCx OCxN CCxE 1 CCxP 0 OISx 1 CCxNE 1 CC...

Page 542: ...his case the ETR must be configured as follow 1 The External Trigger Prescaler should be kept off bits ETPS 1 0 of the TIMx_SMCR register set to 00 2 The external clock mode 2 must be disabled bit ECE...

Page 543: ...ent occurs COMIF bit in the TIMx_SR register which can generate an interrupt if the COMIE bit is set in the TIMx_DIER register or a DMA request if the COMDE bit is set in the TIMx_DIER register Figure...

Page 544: ...ifferent from the counter initial value Before starting when the timer is waiting for the trigger the configuration must be In upcounting CNT CCRx ARR in particular 0 CCRx In downcounting CNT CCRx Fig...

Page 545: ...limits the minimum delay tDELAY min we can get If you want to output a waveform with the minimum delay you can set the OCxFE bit in the TIMx_CCMRx register Then OCxRef and OCx are forced in response...

Page 546: ...may be connected to an external interrupt input and trigger a counter reset Figure 127 gives an example of counter operation showing count signal generation and direction control It also shows how in...

Page 547: ...s purpose Depending on the time between two events the counter can also be read at regular times You can do this by latching the counter value into a third input capture register if available then the...

Page 548: ...ed so that a positive pulse is generated after a programmed delay in output compare or PWM mode This pulse is sent to the advanced control timer TIM1 or TIM8 through the TRGO output Example you want t...

Page 549: ...TIM8 581 Figure 129 Example of hall sensor interface counter CNT TRGO OC2REF CCR2 OC1 OC1N COM Write CCxE CCxNE TIH1 TIH2 TIH3 CCR1 OC2 OC2N OC3 OC3N C7A3 C7A8 C794 C7A5 C7AB C796 and OCxM for next s...

Page 550: ...capture source only CC1S 01 in the TIMx_CCMR1 register Write CC1P 0 and CC1NP 0 in TIMx_CCER register to validate the polarity and detect rising edges only Configure the timer in reset mode by writing...

Page 551: ...validate the polarity and detect low level only Configure the timer in gated mode by writing SMS 101 in TIMx_SMCR register Select TI1 as the input source by writing TS 101 in TIMx_SMCR register Enabl...

Page 552: ...tart of the counter is due to the resynchronization circuit on TI2 input Figure 132 Control circuit in trigger mode Slave mode external clock mode 2 trigger mode The external clock mode 2 can be used...

Page 553: ...cuit in external clock mode 2 trigger mode 17 3 20 Timer synchronization The TIM timers are linked together internally for timer synchronization or chaining Refer to Section 18 3 15 Timer synchronizat...

Page 554: ...ter is buffered Bits 6 5 CMS 1 0 Center aligned mode selection 00 Edge aligned mode The counter counts up or down depending on the direction bit DIR 01 Center aligned mode 1 The counter counts up and...

Page 555: ...d registers are then loaded with their preload values 1 UEV disabled The Update event is not generated shadow registers keep their value ARR PSC CCRx However the counter and the prescaler are reinitia...

Page 556: ...e the Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used as trigger output TRGO It is useful to start several timers at the same time or to control a window in which a slave timer is enable The Counter Enable signa...

Page 557: ...e COMG bit or when an rising edge occurs on TRGI Note This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output Bit 1 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 0 CCPC Capture compare preloaded co...

Page 558: ...counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal Note 1 Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF SMS 111 and TS 111 2 It is possib...

Page 559: ...0 fSAMPLING fDTS 32 N 6 1111 fSAMPLING fDTS 32 N 8 Bit 7 MSM Master slave mode 0 No action 1 The effect of an event on the trigger input TRGI is delayed to allow a perfect synchronization between the...

Page 560: ...Both start and stop of the counter are controlled 110 Trigger Mode The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI but it is not reset Only the start of the counter is controlled 111 External...

Page 561: ...te DMA request enabled Bit 7 BIE Break interrupt enable 0 Break interrupt disabled 1 Break interrupt enabled Bit 6 TIE Trigger interrupt enable 0 Trigger interrupt disabled 1 Trigger interrupt enabled...

Page 562: ...lue has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register while CC1IF flag was already set Bit 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 7 BIF Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break...

Page 563: ...e selected polarity Bit 0 UIF Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event It is cleared by software 0 No update occurred 1 Update interrupt pending This bit is set by hardware...

Page 564: ...ed by hardware 0 No action 1 A capture compare event is generated on channel 1 If channel CC1 is configured as output CC1IF flag is set Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled If cha...

Page 565: ...OC1 FE CC1S 1 0 IC2F 3 0 IC2PSC 1 0 IC1F 3 0 IC1PSC 1 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 15 OC2CE Output Compare 2 clear enable Bits 14 12 OC2M 2 0 Output Compare 2 mode Bit 11 OC2...

Page 566: ...REF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode 3 On channels having a complementary output this bit field is pre...

Page 567: ...is working only if an internal trigger input is selected through TS bit TIMx_SMCR register Note CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF CC2E 0 in TIMx_CCER Bits 7 4 IC1F 3 0 Input capture...

Page 568: ...preload enable Bit 10 OC4FE Output compare 4 fast enable Bits 9 8 CC4S Capture Compare 4 selection This bit field defines the direction of the channel input output as well as the used input 00 CC4 ch...

Page 569: ...efines the direction of the channel input output as well as the used input 00 CC3 channel is configured as output 01 CC3 channel is configured as input IC3 is mapped on TI3 10 CC3 channel is configure...

Page 570: ...els having a complementary output this bit is preloaded If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation eve...

Page 571: ...is not inverted trigger operation in gated mode This configuration must not be used in encoder mode Note On channels having a complementary output this bit is preloaded If the CCPC bit is set in the...

Page 572: ...OCxN_EN 1 1 1 0 OCxREF Polarity OCx OCxREF xor CCxP OCx_EN 1 Off State output enabled with inactive state OCxN CCxNP OCxN_EN 1 1 1 1 OCREF Polarity dead time OCx_EN 1 Complementary to OCREF not OCREF...

Page 573: ...nter value 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PSC 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 0 PSC 15 0 Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC PSC...

Page 574: ...eloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event It means in PWM mode REP 1 corresponds...

Page 575: ...active capture compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC2 output If channel CC2 is configured as input CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the...

Page 576: ...e register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC4 output If channel CC4 is configured as input CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4...

Page 577: ...fied as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register Bit 10 OSSI Off state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE 0 on channels configured as outputs See OC...

Page 578: ...ed LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved DBL 4 0 Reserved DBA 4 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 13 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 12 8 DBL 4...

Page 579: ...IMx 5 Enable the DMA channel Note This example is for the case where every CCRx register to be updated once If every CCRx register is to be updated twice for example the number of data to transfer sho...

Page 580: ...CC1OF Reserved BIF TIF COMIF CC4IF CC3IF CC2IF CC1IF UIF Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x14 TIMx_EGR Reserved BG TG COMG CC4G CC3G CC2G CC1G UG Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x18 TIMx_CCMR1 Outpu...

Page 581: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x3C TIMx_CCR3 Reserved CCR3 15 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x40 TIMx_CCR4 Reserved CCR4 15 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x44 TIMx_BDTR Reserved...

Page 582: ...as described in Section 18 3 15 18 2 TIM2 to TIM5 main features General purpose TIMx timer features include 16 bit TIM3 and TIM4 or 32 bit TIM2 and TIM5 up down up down auto reload counter 16 bit prog...

Page 583: ...TR1 ITR2 ITR3 TRGI Encoder Interface Capture compare 3 register U CC3I output control OC1 TRGO OC1REF OC2REF OC3REF U UI Reset enable up down count Capture compare 4 register U CC4I OC4REF Prescaler P...

Page 584: ...in TIMx_CR1 register is set refer also to the slave mode controller description to get more details on counter enabling Note that the actual counter enable signal CNT_EN is set 1 clock cycle after CEN...

Page 585: ...e counter of the prescaler but the prescale rate does not change In addition if the URS bit update request selection in TIMx_CR1 register is set setting the UG bit generates an update event UEV but wi...

Page 586: ...k divided by 4 CK_INT 00 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF Counter overflow Update event UEV 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 32 33 34 35 36 31 CK_INT 0035 0000 0001 0002 0003 C...

Page 587: ...Update event when ARPE 0 TIMx_ARR not preloaded Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register 00 1F 20 Update interrupt flag UIF Counter overflow Update event UEV CK_INT 00 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter re...

Page 588: ...In addition if the URS bit update request selection in TIMx_CR1 register is set setting the UG bit generates an update event UEV but without setting the UIF flag thus no interrupt or DMA request is s...

Page 589: ...ivided by 4 CK_INT 36 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF Counter underflow cnt_udf Update event UEV 35 34 33 32 31 30 2F 04 03 02 01 00 05 CK_INT 0001 0036 0035 0034...

Page 590: ...01 the counter counts up Center aligned mode 2 CMS 10 the counter counts up and down Center aligned mode 3 CMS 11 In this mode the direction bit DIR from TIMx_CR1 register cannot be written It is upd...

Page 591: ...all the registers are updated and the update flag UIF bit in TIMx_SR register is set depending on the URS bit The buffer of the prescaler is reloaded with the preload value content of the TIMx_PSC reg...

Page 592: ...low Figure 151 Counter timing diagram internal clock divided by N 0002 0000 0001 0002 0003 CNT_EN TImer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF 0003 0001 Counter underflow Update event...

Page 593: ...g one timer as prescaler for another timer for example you can configure Timer to act as a prescaler for Timer 2 Refer to Using one timer as prescaler for another timer on page 613 for more details 00...

Page 594: ...The counter can count at each rising or falling edge on a selected input Figure 155 TI2 external clock connection example For example to configure the upcounter to count in response to a rising edge...

Page 595: ...edge on TI2 and the actual clock of the counter is due to the resynchronization circuit on TI2 input Figure 156 Control circuit in external clock mode 1 External clock source mode 2 This mode is selec...

Page 596: ...actual clock of the counter is due to the resynchronization circuit on the ETRP signal Figure 158 Control circuit in external clock mode 2 18 3 4 Capture compare channels Each Capture Compare channel...

Page 597: ...etector TI1F_Rising TI1F_Falling to the slave mode controller TI1FP1 11 01 TIMx_CCMR1 CC1S 1 0 IC1 TI2FP1 TRC from channel 2 from slave mode controller 10 fDTS TIMx_CCER CC1E IC1PS TI1F TI2F_rising TI...

Page 598: ...he over capture flag CCxOF TIMx_SR register is set CCxIF can be cleared by software by writing it to 0 or by reading the captured data stored in the TIMx_CCRx register CCxOF is cleared when you write...

Page 599: ...input capture occurs The TIMx_CCR1 register gets the value of the counter on the active transition CC1IF flag is set interrupt flag CC1OF is also set if at least two consecutive captures occurred wher...

Page 600: ...onfigure the slave mode controller in reset mode write the SMS bits to 100 in the TIMx_SMCR register Enable the captures write the CC1E and CC2E bits to 1 in the TIMx_CCER register Figure 162 PWM inpu...

Page 601: ...nds a DMA request if the corresponding enable bit is set CCxDE bit in the TIMx_DIER register CCDS bit in the TIMx_CR2 register for the DMA request selection The TIMx_CCRx registers can be programmed w...

Page 602: ...y is software programmable using the CCxP bit in the TIMx_CCER register It can be programmed as active high or active low OCx output is enabled by the CCxE bit in the TIMx_CCER register Refer to the T...

Page 603: ...IMx_CNT TIMx_CCRx else it becomes high If the compare value in TIMx_CCRx is greater than the auto reload value in TIMx_ARR then ocxref is held at 1 0 PWM is not possible in this mode PWM center aligne...

Page 604: ...s not recommended as it can lead to unexpected results In particular The direction is not updated if you write a value in the counter that is greater than the auto reload value TIMx_CNT TIMx_ARR For e...

Page 605: ...s different from the counter initial value Before starting when the timer is waiting for the trigger the configuration must be In upcounting CNT CCRx ARR in particular 0 CCRx In downcounting CNT CCRx...

Page 606: ...Ix input set the CEN bit which enables the counter Then the comparison between the counter and the compare value makes the output toggle But several clock cycles are needed for these operations and it...

Page 607: ...ions of the two inputs is evaluated and generates count pulses as well as the direction signal Depending on the sequence the counter counts up or down the DIR bit in the TIMx_CR1 register is modified...

Page 608: ...that the configuration is the following CC1S 01 TIMx_CCMR1 register TI1FP1 mapped on TI1 CC2S 01 TIMx_CCMR2 register TI2FP2 mapped on TI2 CC1P 0 CC1NP 0 IC1F 0000 TIMx_CCER register TI1FP1 noninverted...

Page 609: ...er input XOR function The TI1S bit in the TIM_CR2 register allows the input filter of channel 1 to be connected to the output of a XOR gate combining the three input pins TIMx_CH1 to TIMx_CH3 The XOR...

Page 610: ...nding on the level of a selected input In the following example the upcounter counts only when TI1 input is low Configure the channel 1 to detect low levels on TI1 Configure the input filter duration...

Page 611: ...nd detect low level only Configure the timer in trigger mode by writing SMS 110 in TIMx_SMCR register Select TI2 as the input source by writing TS 110 in TIMx_SMCR register When a rising edge occurs o...

Page 612: ...register Select TI1 as the input source by writing TS 101 in TIMx_SMCR register A rising edge on TI1 enables the counter and sets the TIF flag The counter then counts on ETR rising edges The delay be...

Page 613: ..._CR1 register Note If OCx is selected on Timer 1 as trigger output MMS 1xx its rising edge is used to clock the counter of timer 2 Using one timer to enable another timer In this example we control th...

Page 614: ...2 stops when Timer 1 is disabled by writing 0 to the CEN bit in the TIM1_CR1 register Configure Timer 1 master mode to send its Output Compare 1 Reference OC1REF signal as trigger output MMS 100 in t...

Page 615: ...th counter clock frequencies are divided by 3 by the prescaler compared to CK_INT fCK_CNT fCK_INT 3 Configure Timer 1 master mode to send its Update Event UEV as trigger output MMS 010 in the TIM1_CR2...

Page 616: ...R2 register Configure Timer 1 slave mode to get the input trigger from TI1 TS 100 in the TIM1_SMCR register Configure Timer 1 in trigger mode SMS 110 in the TIM1_SMCR register Configure the Timer 1 in...

Page 617: ...core halted the TIMx counter either continues to work normally or stops depending on DBG_TIMx_STOP configuration bit in DBGMCU module For more details refer to Section 38 16 2 Debug support for timer...

Page 618: ...r is buffered Bits 6 5 CMS Center aligned mode selection 00 Edge aligned mode The counter counts up or down depending on the direction bit DIR 01 Center aligned mode 1 The counter counts up and down a...

Page 619: ...abled The Update UEV event is generated by one of the following events Counter overflow underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loa...

Page 620: ...led The Counter Enable signal is generated by a logic OR between CEN control bit and the trigger input when configured in gated mode When the Counter Enable signal is controlled by the trigger input t...

Page 621: ...this case TS bits must not be 111 3 If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time the external clock input is ETRF Bits 13 12 ETPS External trigger prescaler Externa...

Page 622: ...register and Control Register description 000 Slave mode disabled if CEN 1 then the prescaler is clocked directly by the internal clock 001 Encoder mode 1 Counter counts up down on TI2FP1 edge dependi...

Page 623: ...ble 0 Trigger DMA request disabled 1 Trigger DMA request enabled Bit 13 Reserved always read as 0 Bit 12 CC4DE Capture Compare 4 DMA request enable 0 CC4 DMA request disabled 1 CC4 DMA request enabled...

Page 624: ...refer to CC1OF description Bit 11 CC3OF Capture Compare 3 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description Bit 10 CC2OF Capture compare 2 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description Bit 9 CC1OF Capture Com...

Page 625: ...pcounting and up down counting modes or underflow in downcounting mode If channel CC1 is configured as input This bit is set by hardware on a capture It is cleared by software or by reading the TIMx_C...

Page 626: ...1G Capture compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event it is automatically cleared by hardware 0 No action 1 A capture compare event is generated on channel 1 If cha...

Page 627: ...FE CC1S 1 0 IC2F 3 0 IC2PSC 1 0 IC1F 3 0 IC1PSC 1 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 15 OC2CE Output compare 2 clear enable Bits 14 12 OC2M 2 0 Output compare 2 mode Bit 11 OC2PE Ou...

Page 628: ...can be written at anytime the new value is taken in account immediately 1 Preload register on TIMx_CCR1 enabled Read Write operations access the preload register TIMx_CCR1 preload value is loaded in t...

Page 629: ...ING fCK_INT N 4 0011 fSAMPLING fCK_INT N 8 0100 fSAMPLING fDTS 2 N 6 0101 fSAMPLING fDTS 2 N 8 0110 fSAMPLING fDTS 4 N 6 0111 fSAMPLING fDTS 4 N 8 1000 fSAMPLING fDTS 8 N 6 1001 fSAMPLING fDTS 8 N 8 1...

Page 630: ...IC4 is mapped on TI4 10 CC4 channel is configured as input IC4 is mapped on TI3 11 CC4 channel is configured as input IC4 is mapped on TRC This mode is working only if an internal trigger input is sel...

Page 631: ...re 3 selection This bit field defines the direction of the channel input output as well as the used input 00 CC3 channel is configured as output 01 CC3 channel is configured as input IC3 is mapped on...

Page 632: ...rising edge Circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge capture trigger in reset external clock or trigger mode TIxFP1 is not inverted trigger in gated mode encoder mode 01 inverted falling edge Circui...

Page 633: ...rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 0 CNT 15 0 Counter value 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PSC 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 0 PSC 15 0 Prescaler value The count...

Page 634: ...ctive capture compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output If channel CC1is configured as input CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the la...

Page 635: ...register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC3 output If channel CC3 is configured as input CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 ev...

Page 636: ...transfers 10001 18 transfers Bits 7 5 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 4 0 DBA 4 0 DMA base address This 5 bit vector defines the base address for DMA transfers when read write access are don...

Page 637: ...be updated twice for example the number of data to transfer should be 6 Let s take the example of a buffer in the RAM containing data1 data2 data3 data4 data5 and data6 The data is transferred to the...

Page 638: ...Input 4 remap Set and cleared by software 00 TIM5 Channel4 is connected to the GPIO Refer to the Alternate function mapping table in the datasheets 01 the LSI internal clock is connected to the TIM5_...

Page 639: ...14 TIMx_EGR Reserved TG Reserved CC4G CC3G CC2G CC1G UG Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x18 TIMx_CCMR1 Output Compare mode Reserved OC2CE OC2M 2 0 OC2PE OC2FE CC2S 1 0 OC1CE OC1M 2 0 OC1PE OC1FE CC1S 1 0 Res...

Page 640: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x3C TIMx_CCR3 CCR3 31 16 TIM2 and TIM5 only reserved on the other timers CCR3 15 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x40 TIMx_CCR4 CCR4...

Page 641: ...M14 timers are completely independent and do not share any resources They can be synchronized together as described in Section 19 3 12 19 2 TIM9 to TIM14 main features 19 2 1 TIM9 TIM12 main features...

Page 642: ...the following events Update counter overflow counter initialization by software Input capture Output compare Auto reload register Capture Compare 1 register Capture Compare 2 register U U U CC1I CC2I...

Page 643: ...3 14 UTORELOAD REGISTER APTURE OMPARE REGISTER 5 5 3TOP LEAR OUTPUT CONTROL 2 5 5 0RESCALER NPUT FILTER EDGE DETECTOR 03 4 0 2EG EVENT OTES 0RELOAD REGISTERS TRANSFERRED TO ACTIVE REGISTERS ON5 EVENT...

Page 644: ...TIMx_CR1 register The update event is sent when the counter reaches the overflow and if the UDIS bit equals 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register It can also be generated by software The generation of the updat...

Page 645: ...CR1 register This is to avoid updating the shadow registers while writing new values in the preload registers Then no update event occurs until the UDIS bit has been written to 0 However the counter r...

Page 646: ..._ARR The buffer of the prescaler is reloaded with the preload value content of the TIMx_PSC register The following figures show some examples of the counter behavior for different clock frequencies wh...

Page 647: ...RR not preloaded CK_PSC 0000 0001 CNT_EN Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF 0035 0036 Counter overflow Update event UEV Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register 00 1F 20 Update i...

Page 648: ...k source for TIM10 TIM11 and TIM13 TIM14 For TIM9 and TIM12 the internal clock source is selected when the slave mode controller is disabled SMS 000 The CEN bit in the TIMx_CR1 register and the UG bit...

Page 649: ...iting CC2P 0 and CC2NP 0 in the TIMx_CCER register 4 Configure the timer in external clock mode 1 by writing SMS 111 in the TIMx_SMCR register 5 Select TI2 as the trigger input source by writing TS 11...

Page 650: ...nerates a signal TIxFPx which can be used as trigger input by the slave mode controller or as the capture command It is prescaled before the capture register ICxPS Figure 193 Capture compare channel e...

Page 651: ...of the counter after a transition detected by the corresponding ICx signal When a capture occurs the corresponding CCXIF flag TIMx_SR register is set and an interrupt or a DMA request can be sent if...

Page 652: ...etected sampled at fDTS frequency Then write IC1F bits to 0011 in the TIMx_CCMR1 register 3 Select the edge of the active transition on the TI1 channel by programming CC1P and CC1NP bits to 00 in the...

Page 653: ...ure in TIMx_CCR1 and counter clear program the CC1P and CC1NP bits to 00 active on rising edge 3 Select the active input for TIMx_CCR2 write the CC2S bits to 10 in the TIMx_CCMR1 register TI1 selected...

Page 654: ...ster and the counter the output compare function 1 Assigns the corresponding output pin to a programmable value defined by the output compare mode OCxM bits in the TIMx_CCMRx register and the output p...

Page 655: ...y setting the OCxPE bit in the TIMx_CCMRx register and eventually the auto reload preload register in upcounting or center aligned modes by setting the ARPE bit in the TIMx_CR1 register As the preload...

Page 656: ...ous modes It allows the counter to be started in response to a stimulus and to generate a pulse with a programmable length after a programmable delay Starting the counter can be controlled through the...

Page 657: ...y the difference between the auto reload value and the compare value TIMx_ARR TIMx_CCR1 Let us say you want to build a waveform with a transition from 0 to 1 when a compare match occurs and a transiti...

Page 658: ...nter is cleared in response to a rising edge on TI1 input 1 Configure the channel 1 to detect rising edges on TI1 Configure the input filter duration in this example we don t need any filter so we kee...

Page 659: ...as TI1 becomes high The TIF flag in the TIMx_SR register is set both when the counter starts or stops The delay between the rising edge on TI1 and the actual stop of the counter is due to the resynch...

Page 660: ...synchronization on page 612 for details Note The clock of the slave timer must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer and must not be changed on the fly while triggers are received f...

Page 661: ...12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CKD 1 0 ARPE Reserved OPM URS UDIS CEN rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 10 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 9 8 CKD Clock division This bit field indicates...

Page 662: ...DIS Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable disable update event UEV generation 0 UEV enabled An UEV is generated by one of the following events Counter overflow Setting the U...

Page 663: ...8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved MSM TS 2 0 Res SMS 2 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 7 MSM Master Slave mode 0 No action 1 The effect of an event on the trigger in...

Page 664: ...en the prescaler is clocked directly by the internal clock 001 Reserved 010 Reserved 011 Reserved 100 Reset mode Rising edge of the selected trigger input TRGI reinitializes the counter and generates...

Page 665: ...lue Bit 6 TIE Trigger interrupt enable 0 Trigger interrupt disabled 1 Trigger interrupt enabled Bit 5 3 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 2 CC2IE Capture Compare 2 interrupt enable 0 CC2 interr...

Page 666: ...are only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 0 No overcapture has been detected 1 The counter value has been captured in TIM...

Page 667: ...s been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register an edge has been detected on IC1 which matches the selected polarity Bit 0 UIF Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event It is cleared...

Page 668: ...CC1IF flag is set the corresponding interrupt is sent if enabled If channel CC1 is configured as input The current counter value is captured in the TIMx_CCR1 register The CC1IF flag is set the corresp...

Page 669: ...9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Res OC2M 2 0 OC2PE OC2FE CC2S 1 0 Res OC1M 2 0 OC1PE OC1FE CC1S 1 0 IC2F 3 0 IC2PSC 1 0 IC1F 3 0 IC1PSC 1 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 15 Reserved must be...

Page 670: ...de Bit 3 OC1PE Output compare 1 preload enable 0 Preload register on TIMx_CCR1 disabled TIMx_CCR1 can be written at anytime the new value is taken into account immediately 1 Preload register on TIMx_C...

Page 671: ...ING fCK_INT N 4 0011 fSAMPLING fCK_INT N 8 0100 fSAMPLING fDTS 2 N 6 0101 fSAMPLING fDTS 2 N 8 0110 fSAMPLING fDTS 4 N 6 0111 fSAMPLING fDTS 4 N 8 1000 fSAMPLING fDTS 8 N 6 1001 fSAMPLING fDTS 8 N 8 1...

Page 672: ...ctive high 1 OC1 active low CC1 channel configured as input CC1NP CC1P bits select TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 polarity for trigger or capture operations 00 noninverted rising edge Circuit is sensitive to TIxFP...

Page 673: ...OCx_EN 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CNT 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 0 CNT 15 0 Counter value 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PSC 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw...

Page 674: ...capture compare register contains the value to be compared to the TIMx_CNT counter and signaled on the OC1 output If channel CC1is configured as input CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last...

Page 675: ...F CC1IF UIF Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x14 TIMx_EGR Reserved TG Reserved CC2G CC1G UG Reset value 0 0 0 0 0x18 TIMx_CCMR1 Output Compare mode Reserved OC2M 2 0 OC2PE OC2FE CC2S 1 0 Reserved OC1M 2 0 OC1...

Page 676: ...p for the register boundary addresses 0x38 TIMx_CCR2 Reserved CCR2 15 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x3C to 0x4C Reserved Table 102 TIM9 12 register map and reset values continued Offs...

Page 677: ...11 Reserved Bit 7 ARPE Auto reload preload enable 0 TIMx_ARR register is not buffered 1 TIMx_ARR register is buffered Bits 6 3 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 2 URS Update request source This...

Page 678: ...enable 0 CC1 interrupt disabled 1 CC1 interrupt enabled Bit 0 UIE Update interrupt enable 0 Update interrupt disabled 1 Update interrupt enabled 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CC1OF Re...

Page 679: ...re 0 No update occurred 1 Update interrupt pending This bit is set by hardware when the registers are updated At overflow and if UDIS 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register When CNT is reinitialized by software u...

Page 680: ...rresponding CCxS bits All the other bits of this register have a different function in input and in output mode For a given bit OCxx describes its function when the channel is configured in output ICx...

Page 681: ...t compare 1 preload enable 0 Preload register on TIMx_CCR1 disabled TIMx_CCR1 can be written at anytime the new value is taken in account immediately 1 Preload register on TIMx_CCR1 enabled Read Write...

Page 682: ...fDTS 8 N 8 1010 fSAMPLING fDTS 16 N 5 1011 fSAMPLING fDTS 16 N 6 1100 fSAMPLING fDTS 16 N 8 1101 fSAMPLING fDTS 32 N 5 1110 fSAMPLING fDTS 32 N 6 1111 fSAMPLING fDTS 32 N 8 Bits 3 2 IC1PSC Input capt...

Page 683: ...e high 1 OC1 active low CC1 channel configured as input The CC1P bit selects TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 polarity for trigger or capture operations 00 noninverted rising edge Circuit is sensitive to TI1FP1 risi...

Page 684: ...alue 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PSC 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 0 PSC 15 0 Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC PSC 15 0 1...

Page 685: ...e TIMx_CCMR1 register bit OC1PE Else the preload value is copied in the active capture compare 1 register when an update event occurs The active capture compare register contains the value to be compa...

Page 686: ...TIMx_SR Reserved CC1OF Reserved CC1IF UIF Reset value 0 0 0 0x14 TIMx_EGR Reserved CC1G UG Reset value 0 0 0x18 TIMx_CCMR1 Output compare mode Reserved OC1M 2 0 OC1PE OC1FE CC1S 1 0 Reset value 0 0 0...

Page 687: ...imer and must not be changed on the fly while triggers are received from the master timer Refer to Section 2 3 Memory mapfor the register boundary addresses 0x50 TIMx_OR Reserved TI1_RMP Reset value 0...

Page 688: ...s The timers are completely independent and do not share any resources 20 2 TIM6 TIM7 main features Basic timer TIM6 TIM7 features include 16 bit auto reload upcounter 16 bit programmable prescaler us...

Page 689: ...g on the auto reload preload enable bit ARPE in the TIMx_CR1 register The update event is sent when the counter reaches the overflow value and if the UDIS bit equals 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register It can...

Page 690: ...bit in the TIMx_CR1 register This avoids updating the shadow registers while writing new values into the preload registers In this way no update event occurs until the UDIS bit has been written to 0...

Page 691: ...C register The auto reload shadow register is updated with the preload value TIMx_ARR The following figures show some examples of the counter behavior for different clock frequencies when TIMx_ARR 0x3...

Page 692: ...loaded 0000 0001 CNT_EN TImer clock CK_CNT Counter register Update interrupt flag UIF 0035 0036 Counter overflow Update event UEV CK_INT Timer clock CK_CNT Counter register 00 1F 20 Update interrupt f...

Page 693: ...al mode without prescaler Figure 212 Control circuit in normal mode internal clock divided by 1 20 3 4 Debug mode When the microcontroller enters the debug mode Cortex M4 with FPU core halted the TIMx...

Page 694: ...sources 0 Any of the following events generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled These events can be Counter overflow underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode...

Page 695: ...ime or to control a window in which a slave timer is enabled The Counter Enable signal is generated by a logic OR between CEN control bit and the trigger input when configured in gated mode When the C...

Page 696: ...ding This bit is set by hardware when the registers are updated At overflow or underflow and if UDIS 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in the TIMx_EGR r...

Page 697: ...5 0 Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC PSC 15 0 1 PSC contains the value to be loaded into the active prescaler register at each update event 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8...

Page 698: ...9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 TIMx_CR1 Reserved ARPE Reserved OPM URS UDIS CEN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0x04 TIMx_CR2 Reserved MMS 2 0 Reserved Reset value 0 0 0 0x08 Reserved 0x0C TIMx_DIER Reserved UDE Rese...

Page 699: ...watchdog to react within an accurate timing window For further information on the window watchdog refer to Section 22 on page 704 21 2 IWDG main features Free running downcounter clocked from an inde...

Page 700: ...or timers watchdog bxCAN and I2C Figure 213 Independent watchdog block diagram Note The watchdog function is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional in Stop and Standby modes 7...

Page 701: ...ches 0 Writing the key value 5555h to enable access to the IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers see Section 21 3 2 Writing the key value CCCCh starts the watchdog except if the hardware watchdog option is s...

Page 702: ...he IWDG_KR register The watchdog counter counts down from this value The timeout period is a function of this value and the clock prescaler Refer to Table 106 The RVU bit in the IWDG_SR register must...

Page 703: ...boundary addresses Table 107 IWDG register map and reset values Offset Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 IWDG_KR Reserved KEY 15 0 Res...

Page 704: ...er is refreshed before the downcounter has reached the window register value This implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window 22 2 WWDG main features Programmable free running downc...

Page 705: ...a maximum value due to the unknown status of the prescaler when writing to the WWDG_CR register see Figure 215 The Configuration register WWDG_CFR contains the high limit of the window To prevent a r...

Page 706: ...terrupt cannot be served e g due to a system lock in a higher priority task the WWDG reset will eventually be generated 22 4 How to program the watchdog timeout You can use the formula in Figure 215 t...

Page 707: ...s debug mode Cortex M4 with FPU core halted the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops depending on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module For more details refer to Section 38...

Page 708: ...7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved WDGA T 6 0 rs rw Bits 31 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 7 WDGA Activation bit This bit is set by...

Page 709: ...set Bits 8 7 WDGTB 1 0 Timer base The time base of the prescaler can be modified as follows 00 CK Counter Clock PCLK1 div 4096 div 1 01 CK Counter Clock PCLK1 div 4096 div 2 10 CK Counter Clock PCLK1...

Page 710: ...map for the register boundary addresses Table 109 WWDG register map and reset values Offset Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 WWDG_CR...

Page 711: ...rforms data encryption and decryption using DES and TDES algorithms in Electronic codebook ECB or Cipher block chaining CBC mode The CRYP peripheral is a 32 bit AHB2 peripheral It supports DMA transfe...

Page 712: ...ck in DES 48 HCLK cycles to process one 64 bit block in TDES Common to DES TDES and AES IN and OUT FIFO each with an 8 word depth a 32 bit width corresponding to 4 DES blocks or 2 AES blocks Automatic...

Page 713: ...added prior to encryption extra bits should be appended to the trailing end of the data string After decryption the padding has to be discarded The hardware does not manage the padding operation the s...

Page 714: ...The output is then decrypted using the second key K2 and encrypted using the third key K3 The key depends on the algorithm which is used DES mode Key K1 TDES mode Key K3 K2 K1 where Kx KxR KxL R righ...

Page 715: ...mode DES TDES ECB mode encryption Figure 218 illustrates the encryption in DES and TDES Electronic codebook DES TDES ECB mode A 64 bit plaintext data block P is used after bit byte half word swapping...

Page 716: ...O output block P plain text Figure 219 DES TDES ECB mode decryption 1 K key C cipher text I input block O output block P plain text ENCRYPT 0 BITS DECRYPT ENCRYPT 54 PLAINTEXT 0 CIPHERTEXT SWAPPING BI...

Page 717: ...ues to chain successive cipher and plaintext blocks together until the last plaintext block in the message is encrypted If the message does not consist of an integral number of data blocks then the fi...

Page 718: ...put block Ps plain text before swapping when decoding or after swapping when encoding P plain text IV initialization vectors ENCRYPT 0 BITS DECRYPT ENCRYPT 54 BITS PLAINTEXT 0 CIPHERTEXT 0S BITS SWAPP...

Page 719: ...IV The basic processing involved in the AES is as follows an input block of 128 bits is read from the input FIFO and sent to the AEA to be encrypted using the key K0 3 The key format depends on the ke...

Page 720: ...e encryption To perform an AES decryption in the ECB mode the secret key has to be prepared it is necessary to execute the complete key schedule for encryption by collecting the last round key and usi...

Page 721: ...ption process continues to chain successive cipher and plaintext blocks together until the last plaintext block in the message is encrypted If the message does not consist of an integral number of dat...

Page 722: ...CBC mode encryption 1 K key C cipher text I input block O output block Ps plain text before swapping when decoding or after swapping when encoding P plain text IV Initialization vectors 2 IVx IVxR IVx...

Page 723: ...s each A key K to be used the size does not matter An initial counter block call it ICB but it has the same functionality as the IV of CBC The cipher is computed as follows C i enck iv i xor P i where...

Page 724: ...ck o output block Ps plain text before swapping when decoding or after swapping when encoding Cs cipher text after swapping when decoding or before swapping when encoding P plain text IV Initializatio...

Page 725: ...new nonce should be assigned to each different communication The initialization vector IV is a 64 bit value and the standard specifies that the encryptor must choose IV so as to ensure that a given va...

Page 726: ...he message to be processed is split into 2 parts The header also knows as additional authentication data data which is authenticated but no protected such as information for routing the packet The pay...

Page 727: ...s started i Write the header data Three methods can be used Program the data by blocks of 32 bits into the CRYP_DIN register and use the IFNF flag to determine if the input FIFO can receive data The s...

Page 728: ...the corresponding tag An initialization vector is required at the beginning of the algorithm Actually the GMAC algorithm corresponds to the GCM algorithm applied on a message composed of the header on...

Page 729: ...tor IV e Set the CRYPEN bit to 1 in CRYP_CR f Program the B0 packet into the input data register g Wait for the CRYPEN bit to be cleared before moving on to the next phase h Set CRYPEN to 1 2 CCM head...

Page 730: ...the authentication tag of the message is generated and stored in the CRYP_DOUT register p Configure GCM_CCMPH 1 0 bits to 11 in CRYP_CR q Load the A0 initialized counter and program the 128 bit A0 va...

Page 731: ...register CRYP_CR Figure 229 shows how the 64 bit data block M1 64 is constructed from two consecutive 32 bit words popped off the IN FIFO by the CRYP processor according to the DATATYPE value The sam...

Page 732: ...YTE YTE BITS BITS BITS BITS BIT STRING HALD WORD SWAPPING OPERATION ALF WORD BITS 4 490 B 4 490 B 4 490 B ALF WORD BITS ALF WORD ALF WORD BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT FIRST WORD WRITTEN IN...

Page 733: ...of the IN FIFO then the IN FIFO is popped and a new 64 bit data block can be processed During the AES CBC encryption the CRYP_IV0 1 L R bits are XORed with the 128 bit data block popped off the IN FIF...

Page 734: ...S algorithm 16 AHB2 clock cycles for the simple DES algorithm and 14 16 or 18 AHB2 clock cycles for the AES with key lengths of 128 192 or 256 bits respectively During the whole process the BUSY bit i...

Page 735: ...before preparing the key and the algorithm must be configured once the key has been prepared a Configure the key size 128 192 or 256 bit in the AES only with the KEYSIZE bits in the CRYP_CR register b...

Page 736: ...ered into the FIFO disable the interrupt by clearing the INIM bit 4 In the interrupt managing the output data read the output message from the OUT FIFO You can read 1 block 2 or 4 words at a time or r...

Page 737: ...35 Initialization with the saved configuration For the AES ECB or AES CBC decryption the key must be prepared again b If needed reconfigure the DMA controller to transfer the rest of the message c Ena...

Page 738: ...ted if any of the individual interrupts listed below is asserted and enabled You can enable or disable the interrupt sources individually by changing the mask bits in the CRYP_IMSCR register Setting t...

Page 739: ...signal is deasserted a request signal can become active again depending on the above described conditions All request signals are deasserted if the CRYP peripheral is disabled or the DMA enable bit is...

Page 740: ...th of the key used for the AES cryptographic core This bitfield is don t care in the DES or TDES modes 00 128 bit key length 01 192 bit key length 10 256 bit key length 11 Reserved do not use this val...

Page 741: ...rithm Initialization vectors CRYP_IV0L R must be initialized Only one key vector K1 is used K0 K2 K3 are not used 100 AES ECB AES Electronic codebook no feedback between blocks of data Initialization...

Page 742: ...0 or 1 has no effect Reading this bit always returns 0 Bits 13 10 Reserved forced by hardware to 0 Bits 9 8 KEYSIZE 1 0 Key size selection AES mode only This bitfield defines the bit length of the ke...

Page 743: ...AES Electronic codebook no feedback between blocks of data Initialization vectors CRYP_IV0L R 1L R are not used All four key vectors K0 K3 are used 0101 AES CBC AES Cipher block chaining output block...

Page 744: ...YPEN 0 in the CRYP_CR register and the last processing has completed or The CRYP core is waiting for enough data in the input FIFO or enough free space in the output FIFO that is in each case at least...

Page 745: ...in the CRYP_CR register Refer to Section 23 3 3 Data type on page 730 for more details When CRYP_DIN register is written to the data are pushed into the input FIFO When at least two 32 bit words in t...

Page 746: ...31 of the first word read from the FIFO bit 64 rightmost bit corresponds to the LSB bit 0 of the second word read from the FIFO In the AES mode Bit 0 leftmost bit corresponds to the MSB bit 31 of the...

Page 747: ...t 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved DOEN DIEN rw rw Bits 31 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1 DOEN DMA output enable 0...

Page 748: ...egister gives the current masked status of the corresponding interrupt prior to masking A write has no effect 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2...

Page 749: ...o b255 b0 In any case b0 is the rightmost bit CRYP_K0LR address offset 0x20 CRYP_K0RR address offset 0x24 Bits 31 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1 OUTMIS Output FIFO service masked interru...

Page 750: ...29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 k2 1 b127 k2 2 b126 k2 3 b125 k2 4 b124 k2 5 b123 k2 6 b122 k2 7 b121 k2 8 b120 k2 9 b119 k2 10 b118 k2 11 b117 k2 12 b116 k2 13 b115 k2 14 b114 k2 15 b113 k...

Page 751: ...P_IV0LR address offset 0x40 CRYP_IV0RR address offset 0x44 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 k3 33 b31 k3 34 b30 k3 35 b29 k3 36 b28 k3 37 b27 k3 38 b26 k3 39 b25 k3 40 b24 k3 41 b23 k3...

Page 752: ...5 IV76 IV77 IV78 IV79 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IV80 IV81 IV82 IV83 IV84 IV85 IV86 IV87 IV88 IV89 IV90 IV91 IV92 IV93 IV94 IV95 rw rw rw rw...

Page 753: ...C mode or CRYP_CSGCMCCM0 7R in CCM CMAC mode registers have to be read and the values retrieved have to be saved in the system memory space The cryptographic processor can then be used by the preempti...

Page 754: ...set value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x10 CRYP_DMAC R Reserved DOEN DIEN Reset value 0 0 0x14 CRYP_IMSC R Reserved OUTIM INIM Reset value 0 0 0x18 CRYP_RISR Reserved OUTRIS INRIS Reset value 0 1 0x1C C...

Page 755: ...18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Table 114 CRYP register map and reset values for STM32F43xxx Offset Register name reset value 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1...

Page 756: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x48 CRYP_IV1LR CRYP_IV1LR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x4C CRYP_IV1RR CRYP_IV1RR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 757: ..._CSGCM1R Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x78 CRYP_CSGC M2R CRYP_CSGCM2R Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x7C CR...

Page 758: ...the RNG entropy to flag abnormal behavior generation of stable values or of a stable sequence of values It can be disabled to reduce power consumption 24 3 RNG functional description Figure 232 shows...

Page 759: ...DY bit is 1 in the RNG_SR register The contents of the RNG_DR register can then be read As required by the FIPS PUB Federal Information Processing Standard Publication 140 2 the first random number ge...

Page 760: ...at reset value 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved SEIS CEIS Reserved SECS CECS DRDY rc_w0 rc_w0 r r r Bits 31 3 Reserved must be k...

Page 761: ...ted More than 64 consecutive bits at the same value 0 or 1 More than 32 consecutive alternances of 0 and 1 0101010101 01 Bit 1 CECS Clock error current status 0 The RNG_CLK clock has been correctly de...

Page 762: ...et values Table 115 RNG register map and reset map Offset Register name reset value Register size 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 RNG_CR 0x00...

Page 763: ...D5 SHA 224 and SHA 256 are available on STM32F43xxx only AHB slave peripheral 32 bit data words for input data supporting word half word byte and bit bit string representations with little endian data...

Page 764: ...ure 233 Block diagram for STM32F415 417xx BIT BUS ASH 3 3 SWA PPIN G BIT 3 2 3 3 32 CONTEXT DIGEST 3 2 3 32 NTERRUPT REGISTERS ONTROL REGISTER ONTEXT SWAPPING ESSAGE DIGEST PROCESSOR CORE 3 34 2 3TART...

Page 765: ...MD5 are qualified as secure because it is computationally infeasible to find a message that corresponds to a given message digest or to find two different messages that produce the same message digest...

Page 766: ...time needed to process the last block of a message or of a key in HMAC can be longer This time depends on the length of the last block and the size of the key in HMAC mode Compared to the processing o...

Page 767: ...T S 3 A L F W O R D S W A PPING O P ER A T IO N B I T STR IN G G R O WS I N T H IS D I RECT I O N A S D E FI N E D B Y 03 05 S T D ALF WO R D BI T S 4 490 BX 4 4 90 BX 4 4 90 BX ALF WO R D BI T S ALF...

Page 768: ...t block entered this is done by writing the DCAL bit to 1 When the DMA is used The contents of the HASH_DIN register are interpreted automatically with the information sent by the DMA controller In ca...

Page 769: ...d with the value 24 a 1 is appended at bit location 24 in the bit string starting counting from left to right in the above bit string which corresponds to bit 31 in the HASH_DIN register little endian...

Page 770: ...message If DMA transfers are used refer to the Procedure where the data are loaded by DMA section Otherwise if the message length is not an exact multiple of 512 bits then the HASH_STR register has t...

Page 771: ...ion 4 After the first hash round the hash processor returns ready to indicate that it is ready to receive the key to be used for the outer hash function normally this key is the same as the one used f...

Page 772: ...redict if a DMA transfer is in progress or if the process is ongoing Thus you must stop the DMA transfers then wait until the HASH is ready in order to interrupt the processing of a message Interrupti...

Page 773: ...ve message digest registers All these registers are accessible through word accesses only else an AHB error is generated 25 4 1 HASH control register HASH_CR for STM32F415 417xx Address offset 0x00 Re...

Page 774: ...nto the DIN buffer If the DMA is used NBW is the exact number of words that have been pushed into the IN FIFO Bit 7 ALGO 1 0 Algorithm selection These bits selects the SHA 1 or the MD5 algorithm 0 SHA...

Page 775: ...n the INIT bit is written to 1 2 If this bit is written to 0 while a DMA transfer has already been requested to the DMA DMAE is cleared but the current transfer is not aborted Instead the DMA interfac...

Page 776: ...key 64 bytes Note This selection is only taken into account when the INIT bit is set and MODE 1 Changing this bit during a computation has no effect Bits 15 14 Reserved forced by hardware to 0 Bit 13...

Page 777: ...0 SHA 1 algorithm selected 01 MD5 algorithm selected 10 SHA224 algorithm selected 11 SHA256 algorithm selected Note This selection is only taken into account when the INIT bit is set Changing this bit...

Page 778: ...the INIT bit is written to 1 2 If this bit is written to 0 while a DMA transfer has already been requested to the DMA DMAE is cleared but the current transfer is not aborted Instead the DMA interface...

Page 779: ...tion automatically if the DMA is used When the last block has been written to the HASH_DIN register the final digest calculation including padding is launched by writing the DCAL bit to 1 in the HASH_...

Page 780: ...Bits 7 5 Reserved forced by hardware to 0 Bits 4 0 NBLW Number of valid bits in the last word of the message in the bit string organization of hash processor When these bits are written and DCAL is a...

Page 781: ...as zero 4 H0 to H7 respectively in the SHA256 algorithm description If a read access to one of these registers occurs while the HASH core is calculating an intermediate digest or a final message dige...

Page 782: ...r r r r r r r r r 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 H3 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 H4 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6...

Page 783: ...r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 H7 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0...

Page 784: ...1 DMA interface is enabled DMAE 1 or a transfer is ongoing Bit 1 DCIS Digest calculation completion interrupt status This bit is set by hardware when a digest becomes ready the whole message has been...

Page 785: ...to be done because a high priority task has to use the hash processor while it is already in use by another task When such an event occurs the HASH_CSRx registers have to be read and the read values...

Page 786: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x10 HASH_HR1 H1 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x14 HASH_HR2 H2 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 787: ...DE DATATYPE DMAE INIT Reserved Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x04 HASH_DIN DATAIN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x08 HASH_STR Reserved DCAL Rese...

Page 788: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x318 HASH_HR2 H2 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x31 C HASH_HR3 H3 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 789: ...week date day of month month and year expressed in binary coded decimal format BCD The sub seconds value is also available in binary format Compensations for 28 29 leap year 30 and 31 day months are...

Page 790: ...ppm accuracy obtained in a calibration window of several seconds Timestamp function for event saving 1 event Tamper detection 2 tamper events with configurable filter and internal pull up 20 backup re...

Page 791: ...t asynchronous prescaler configured through the PREDIV_A bits of the RTC_PRER register A 15 bit synchronous prescaler configured through the PREDIV_S bits of the RTC_PRER register Note When both presc...

Page 792: ...o RTCCLK periods the current calendar value is copied into the shadow registers and the RSF bit of RTC_ISR register is set see Section 26 6 4 The copy is not performed in Stop and Standby mode When ex...

Page 793: ...rupt period from 122 s to 32 s with a resolution down to 61 s ck_spre usually 1 Hz internal clock When ck_spre frequency is 1Hz this allows to achieve a wakeup time from 1 s to around 36 hours with on...

Page 794: ...to 1 in the RTC_ISR register to enter initialization mode In this mode the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be updated 2 Poll INITF bit of in the RTC_ISR register The initialization phas...

Page 795: ...ar WUTE in RTC_CR to disable the wakeup timer 2 Poll WUTWF until it is set in RTC_ISR to make sure the access to wakeup auto reload counter and to WUCKSEL 2 0 bits is allowed It takes 1 to 2 RTCCLK cl...

Page 796: ...counters directly thus eliminating the need to wait for the RSF bit to be set This is especially useful after exiting from low power modes STOP or Standby since the shadow registers are not updated d...

Page 797: ...ith a resolution of 1 PREDIV_S 1 seconds The shift operation consists of adding the SUBFS 14 0 value to the synchronous prescaler counter SS 15 0 this will delay the clock If at the same time the ADD1...

Page 798: ...C coarse digital calibration Two digital calibration methods are available coarse and smooth calibration To perform coarse calibration refer to Section 26 6 7 RTC calibration register RTC_CALIBR The t...

Page 799: ...a 512 Hz clock is output for calibration Refer to Section 26 3 14 Calibration clock output 26 3 11 RTC smooth digital calibration RTC frequency can be digitally calibrated with a resolution of about 0...

Page 800: ...d so that each second is accelerated by 8 RTCCLK clock cycles which is equivalent to adding 256 clock cycles every 32 seconds As a result between 255 and 256 clock pulses corresponding to a calibratio...

Page 801: ...RTC_CALR can be updated on the fly while RTC_ISR INITF 0 by using the follow process 1 Poll the RTC_ISR RECALPF re calibration pending flag 2 If it is set to 0 write a new value to RTC_CALR if necessa...

Page 802: ...y are implemented in the backup domain that remains powered on by VBAT when the VDD power is switched off They are not reset by system reset or when the device wakes up from Standby mode They are rese...

Page 803: ...tamper inputs Level detection with filtering is performed by setting TAMPFLT to a non zero value A tamper detection event is generated when either 2 4 or 8 depending on TAMPFLT consecutive samples are...

Page 804: ...The OSEL 1 0 control bits in the RTC_CR register are used to activate the alarm alternate function output RTC_ALARM in RTC_AF1 and to select the function which is output on RTC_ALARM The polarity of t...

Page 805: ...XTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select the rising edge sensitivity 2 Configure and Enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC 3 Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event To enable the RTC...

Page 806: ...HAD 1 Note This register is write protected The write access procedure is described in RTC register write protection on page 794 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved PM HT 1 0 HU 3...

Page 807: ...e access procedure is described in RTC register write protection on page 794 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved YT 3 0 YU 3 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5...

Page 808: ...ed Bit 20 POL Output polarity This bit is used to configure the polarity of RTC_ALARM output 0 The pin is high when ALRAF ALRBF WUTF is asserted depending on OSEL 1 0 1 The pin is low when ALRAF ALRBF...

Page 809: ...enabled Bit 11 TSE Time stamp enable 0 Time stamp disable 1 Time stamp enable Bit 10 WUTE Wakeup timer enable 0 Wakeup timer disabled 1 Wakeup timer enabled Bit 9 ALRBE Alarm B enable 0 Alarm B disab...

Page 810: ...pt INIT INITF and RSF which are cleared to 0 Bit 4 REFCKON Reference clock detection enable 50 or 60 Hz 0 Reference clock detection disabled 1 Reference clock detection enabled Note PREDIV_S must be 0...

Page 811: ...ediately before the TSF bit is cleared Bit 11 TSF Timestamp flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs This flag is cleared by software by writing 0 Bit 10 WUTF Wakeup timer flag...

Page 812: ...Shift operation pending 0 No shift operation is pending 1 A shift operation is pending This flag is set by hardware as soon as a shift operation is initiated by a write to the RTC_SHIFTR It is cleared...

Page 813: ...value 0x0000 FFFF System reset not affected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved PREDIV_A 6 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Res PREDIV_S 14 0 rw rw rw...

Page 814: ...gnificant bit to be reloaded into the timer Note The first assertion of WUTF occurs WUT 1 ck_wut cycles after WUTE is set Setting WUT 15 0 to 0x0000 with WUCKSEL 2 0 011 RTCCLK 2 is forbidden 31 30 29...

Page 815: ...ay match 1 Date day don t care in Alarm A comparison Bit 30 WDSEL Week day selection 0 DU 3 0 represents the date units 1 DU 3 0 represents the week day DT 1 0 is don t care Bits 29 28 DT 1 0 Date ten...

Page 816: ...ate and day match 1 Date and day don t care in Alarm B comparison Bit 30 WDSEL Week day selection 0 DU 3 0 represents the date units 1 DU 3 0 represents the week day DT 1 0 is don t care Bits 29 28 DT...

Page 817: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved KEY w w w w w w w w Bits 31 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 7 0 KEY Write protection key This byte is written by software Reading this byte always returns 0x00 Ref...

Page 818: ...tended to be used with SUBFS see description below in order to effectively add a fraction of a second to the clock in an atomic operation Bits 30 15 Reserved Bits 14 0 SUBFS Subtract a fraction of a s...

Page 819: ...ur format 1 PM Bits 21 20 HT 1 0 Hour tens in BCD format Bits 19 16 HU 3 0 Hour units in BCD format Bit 15 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 14 12 MNT 2 0 Minute tens in BCD format Bits 11 8 M...

Page 820: ...up domain reset value 0x0000 0000 System reset not affected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SS 15 0 r r r...

Page 821: ...CALW8 Use an 8 second calibration cycle period When CALW8 is set to 1 the 8 second calibration cycle period is selected CALM 1 0 are stuck at 00 when CALW8 1 Refer to Section 26 3 11 RTC smooth digita...

Page 822: ...in output 1 RTC_ALARM is a push pull output Bit 17 TSINSEL TIMESTAMP mapping 0 RTC_AF1 used as TIMESTAMP 1 RTC_AF2 used as TIMESTAMP Bit 16 TAMP1INSEL TAMPER1 mapping 0 RTC_AF1 used as TAMPER1 1 RTC_A...

Page 823: ...32768 Hz 0x2 RTCCLK 8192 4 Hz when RTCCLK 32768 Hz 0x3 RTCCLK 4096 8 Hz when RTCCLK 32768 Hz 0x4 RTCCLK 2048 16 Hz when RTCCLK 32768 Hz 0x5 RTCCLK 1024 32 Hz when RTCCLK 32768 Hz 0x6 RTCCLK 512 64 Hz...

Page 824: ...w rw rw rw w rw rw Bits 31 28 Reserved Bits 27 24 MASKSS 3 0 Mask the most significant bits starting at this bit 0 No comparison on sub seconds for Alarm A The alarm is set when the seconds unit is in...

Page 825: ...rved Bits 27 24 MASKSS 3 0 Mask the most significant bits starting at this bit 0x0 No comparison on sub seconds for Alarm B The alarm is set when the seconds unit is incremented assuming that the rest...

Page 826: ...es Offset Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 RTC_TR Reserved PM HT 1 0 HU 3 0 Reserved MNT 2 0 MNU 3 0 Reserved ST 2 0 SU 3 0 Reset val...

Page 827: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0x38 RTC_TSSSR Reserved SS 15 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x3C RTC_ CALR Reserved CALP CALW8 CALW16 Reserved CALM 8 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x40 RTC_TAFCR R...

Page 828: ...ction Memory map for the register boundary addresses Caution In Table 120 the reset value is the value after a backup domain reset The majority of the registers are not affected by a system reset For...

Page 829: ...can be available for reduced CPU overload 27 2 I2C main features Parallel bus I2C protocol converter Multimaster capability the same interface can act as Master or Slave I2C Master features Clock gene...

Page 830: ...terface converts it from serial to parallel format and vice versa The interrupts are enabled or disabled by software The interface is connected to the I2C bus by a data pin SDA and by a clock pin SCL...

Page 831: ...aster mode A 9th clock pulse follows the 8 clock cycles of a byte transfer during which the receiver must send an acknowledge bit to the transmitter Refer to Figure 238 Figure 238 I2 C bus protocol Ac...

Page 832: ...gram for STM32F40x 41x Data shift register Comparator Own address register Clock control Status registers Control registers Control Clock control Data control SCL logic Dual address register Data regi...

Page 833: ...ock frequency must be at least 2 MHz in Sm mode 4 MHz in Fm mode As soon as a start condition is detected the address is received from the SDA line and sent to the shift register Then it is compared w...

Page 834: ...e on receiving a repeated Start condition followed by the header sequence with matching address bits and the least significant bit set 11110xx1 The TRA bit indicates whether the slave is in Receiver o...

Page 835: ...if the ITEVFEN and ITBUFEN bit is set If RxNE is set and the data in the DR register is not read before the end of the next data reception the BTF bit is set and the interface waits until BTF is clea...

Page 836: ...ee Figure 242 Transfer sequence diagram for slave receiver EV4 27 3 3 I2 C master mode In Master mode the I2 C interface initiates a data transfer and generates the clock signal A serial data transfer...

Page 837: ...te a Start condition and to switch to Master mode MSL bit set when the BUSY bit is cleared Note In master mode setting the START bit causes the interface to generate a ReStart condition at the end of...

Page 838: ...s in Receiver or Transmitter mode Master transmitter Following the address transmission and after clearing ADDR the master sends bytes from the DR register to the SDA line via the internal shift regis...

Page 839: ...e EVx Event with interrupt if ITEVFEN 1 EV5 SB 1 cleared by reading SR1 register followed by writing DR register with Address EV6 ADDR 1 cleared by reading SR1 register followed by reading SR2 EV8_1 T...

Page 840: ...s until BTF is cleared by a read in the DR register stretching SCL low Closing the communication The master sends a NACK for the last byte received from the slave After receiving this NACK the slave r...

Page 841: ...without reception of supplementary data For 2 byte reception Wait until ADDR 1 SCL stretched low until the ADDR flag is cleared Set ACK low set POS high Clear ADDR flag Wait until BTF 1 Data 1 in DR D...

Page 842: ...placed Stop the slave behaves like for a Stop condition and the lines are released by hardware In Master mode the lines are not released and the state of the current transmission is not affected It is...

Page 843: ...ore the first SCL rising edge If not possible the receiver must discard the first data 27 3 5 Programmable noise filter The programmable noise filter is available on STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx device...

Page 844: ...n Write Collision not managed 27 3 7 SMBus Introduction The System Management Bus SMBus is a two wire interface through which various devices can communicate with each other and with the rest of the s...

Page 845: ...ddress resolution protocol ARP SMBus slave address conflicts can be resolved by dynamically assigning a new unique address to each slave device The Address Resolution Protocol ARP has the following at...

Page 846: ...ng the slave address the device must disengage its SMBA pull down If the host still sees SMBA low when the message transfer is complete it knows to read the ARA again A host which does not implement t...

Page 847: ...programmed during EV6 event i e program ACK 0 when ADDR 1 before clearing ADDR flag Then the user can program the STOP condition either after clearing ADDR flag or in the DMA Transfer Complete interru...

Page 848: ...ansfer depending on application requirements 6 Activate the stream by setting the EN bit in the DMA_SxCR register When the number of data transfers which has been programmed in the DMA Controller regi...

Page 849: ...f it is really the last DMA transfer or not If it is the last DMA request for a master receiver a NACK is automatically sent after the last received byte PEC calculation is corrupted by an arbitration...

Page 850: ...circuit I2C interface RM0090 850 1731 DocID018909 Rev 11 Figure 245 I2 C interrupt mapping diagram ADDR SB ADD10 RxNE TxE BTF it_event ARLO BERR AF OVR PECERR TIMEOUT SMBALERT ITERREN it_error ITEVFE...

Page 851: ...w rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 15 SWRST Software reset When set the I2C is under reset state Before resetting this bit make sure the I2C lines are released and the bus is free 0 I2 C Per...

Page 852: ...re cleared by hardware when a Stop condition is detected set by hardware when a timeout error is detected In Master Mode 0 No Stop generation 1 Stop generation after the current byte transfer or after...

Page 853: ...communication when back to IDLE state All bit resets due to PE 0 occur at the end of the communication In master mode this bit must not be reset before the end of the communication 15 14 13 12 11 10 9...

Page 854: ...s generated when BERR 1 ARLO 1 AF 1 OVR 1 PECERR 1 TIMEOUT 1 SMBALERT 1 Bits 7 6 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 5 0 FREQ 5 0 Peripheral clock frequency The FREQ bits must be configured with...

Page 855: ...d always be kept at 1 by software Bits 13 10 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 9 8 ADD 9 8 Interface address 7 bit addressing mode don t care 10 bit addressing mode bits9 8 of address Bits 7 1...

Page 856: ...ten in the DR register A continuous transmit stream can be maintained if the next data to be transmitted is put in DR once the transmission is started TxE 1 Receiver mode Received byte is copied into...

Page 857: ...r receiver returns ACK after PEC reception if ACK 1 1 PEC error receiver returns NACK after PEC reception whatever ACK Cleared by software writing 0 or by hardware when PE 0 Note When the received CRC...

Page 858: ...e after a start or a stop condition or when PE 0 TxE is not set if either a NACK is received or if next byte to be transmitted is PEC PEC 1 Note TxE is not cleared by writing the first data being tran...

Page 859: ...is the PEC TRA 1 in I2C_SR2 register and PEC 1 in I2C_CR1 register Bit 1 ADDR Address sent master mode matched slave mode This bit is cleared by software reading SR1 register followed reading SR2 or...

Page 860: ...ode 0 Received address matched with OAR1 1 Received address matched with OAR2 Cleared by hardware after a Stop condition or repeated Start condition or when PE 0 Bit 6 SMBHOST SMBus host header Slave...

Page 861: ...bit is set depending on the R W bit of the address byte at the end of total address phase It is also cleared by hardware after detection of Stop condition STOPF 1 repeated Start condition loss of bus...

Page 862: ...ns of parameters I2C communication speed fSCL 1 thigh tlow The real frequency may differ due to the analog noise filter input delay The CCR register must be configured only when the I2 C is disabled P...

Page 863: ...filter disable Note ANOFF must be configured only when the I2C is disabled PE 0 Bits 3 0 DNF 3 0 Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL inputs T...

Page 864: ...EN ITEVTEN ITERREN Reserved FREQ 5 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x08 I2C_OAR1 Reserved ADDMODE Reserved ADD 9 8 ADD 7 1 ADD0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0C I2C_OAR2 Reserved ADD2 7 1 EN...

Page 865: ...e bidirectional data line or reliable communication using CRC checking The I2 S is also a synchronous serial communication interface It can address four different audio standards including the I2 S Ph...

Page 866: ...ion for both master and slave NSS management by hardware or software for both master and slave dynamic change of master slave operations Programmable clock polarity and phase Programmable data order w...

Page 867: ...lag in reception and transmission mode slave only 16 bit register for transmission and reception with one data register for both channel sides Supported I2S protocols I2S Phillps standard MSB justifie...

Page 868: ...he SPI master communicate with slaves individually and to avoid contention on the data lines Slave NSS inputs can be driven by standard IO ports on the master device The NSS pin may also be used as an...

Page 869: ...Software NSS management SSM 1 The slave select information is driven internally by the value of the SSI bit in the SPI_CR1 register The external NSS pin remains free for other application uses Hardwar...

Page 870: ...ed on the occurrence of the first clock transition The combination of the CPOL clock polarity and CPHA clock phase bits selects the data capture clock edge Figure 248 shows an SPI transfer with the fo...

Page 871: ...SCK pin from the master device The value set in the BR 2 0 bits in the SPI_CR1 register does not affect the data transfer rate Note It is recommended to enable the SPI slave before the master sends th...

Page 872: ...buffer during a write cycle The transmit sequence begins when the slave device receives the clock signal and the most significant bit of the data on its MOSI pin The remaining bits the 7 bits in 8 bit...

Page 873: ...orola SPI communications FRF bit set to 0 To detect TI frame errors in Slave transmitter only mode by using the Error interrupt ERRIE 1 the SPI must be configured in 2 line unidirectional mode by sett...

Page 874: ...and the MISO pin is a data input Transmit sequence The transmit sequence begins when a byte is written in the Tx Buffer The data byte is parallel loaded into the shift register from the internal bus...

Page 875: ...makes the configuration of NSS management through the SPI_CR1 and SPI_CR2 registers SSM SSI SSOE transparent for the user Figure 251 TI mode master mode single transfer and Figure 252 TI mode master...

Page 876: ...n be used as a general purpose IO In this case the application just needs to ignore the Rx buffer if the data register is read it does not contain the received value In receive only mode the applicati...

Page 877: ...d BIDIOE 0 The received data on the MOSI pin are shifted in serially to the 8 bit shift register and then parallel loaded into the SPI_DR register Rx buffer The transmitter is not activated and no dat...

Page 878: ...fer The RXNE flag Rx buffer not empty is set on the last sampling clock edge when the data are transferred from the shift register to the Rx buffer It indicates that data are ready to be read from the...

Page 879: ...2 from SPI_ DR software waits until RXNE 1 and reads 0xA3 from SPI_DR b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b...

Page 880: ...ions there is a 2 APB clock period delay between the write operation to SPI_DR and the BSY bit setting As a consequence in transmit only mode it is mandatory to wait first until TXE is set and then un...

Page 881: ...aster device drives NSS low and generates the SCK clock 3 Wait until RXNE 1 and read the SPI_DR register to get the received data this clears the RXNE bit Repeat this operation for each data item to b...

Page 882: ...BSY bit is never cleared between each data transfer On the contrary if the software is not fast enough this can lead to some discontinuities in the communication In this case the BSY bit is cleared be...

Page 883: ...to be transferred is written to the SPI_DR At the end of this last data transfer the SPI_TXCRCR value is transmitted In receive only mode and when the transfers are managed by software CPU mode it is...

Page 884: ...le CRC calculation only when the clock is stable that is when the clock is in the steady state If not a wrong CRC calculation may be done In fact the CRC is sensitive to the SCK slave input clock as s...

Page 885: ...re the BSY flag is kept low during reception The BSY flag is useful to detect the end of a transfer if the software wants to disable the SPI and enter Halt mode or disable the peripheral clock This av...

Page 886: ...1 2 Then wait until BSY 0 3 Disable the SPI SPE 0 and eventually enter the Halt mode or disable the peripheral clock In master unidirectional receive only mode MSTR 1 BIDIMODE 0 RXONLY 1 or bidirectio...

Page 887: ...In transmission a DMA request is issued each time TXE is set to 1 The DMA then writes to the SPI_DR register this clears the TXE flag In reception a DMA request is issued each time RXNE is set to 1 T...

Page 888: ...into SPI_DR DMA writes DATA3 into SPI_DR software waits until BSY 0 DMA transfer complete DMA transfer is complete TCIF 1 in DMA_ISR software waits until TXE 1 DMA transfer is complete b0 b1 b2 b3 b4...

Page 889: ...te to the SPI_CR1 register To avoid any multiple slave conflicts in a system comprising several MCUs the NSS pin must be pulled high during the MODF bit clearing sequence The SPE and MSTR bits can be...

Page 890: ...nsfer The data may be corrupted since the error detection may result in the lost of two data bytes The FRE flag is cleared when SPI_SR register is read If the bit ERRIE is set an interrupt is generate...

Page 891: ...e The SPI could function as an audio I2S interface when the I2S capability is enabled by setting the I2SMOD bit in the SPI_I2SCFGR register This interface uses almost the same pins flags and interrupt...

Page 892: ...s its own clock generator to produce the communication clock when it is set in master mode This clock generator is also the source of the master clock output Two additional registers are available in...

Page 893: ...by the channel right CHSIDE has no meaning for the PCM protocol Four data and packet frames are available Data may be sent with a format of 16 bit data packed in 16 bit frame 16 bit data packed in 32...

Page 894: ...ver The WS signal is also latched on the falling edge of CK Figure 265 I2 S Philips standard waveforms 24 bit frame with CPOL 0 This mode needs two write or read operations to from the SPI_DR In trans...

Page 895: ...ing bits are forced by hardware to 0x0000 to extend the data to 32 bit format If the data to transmit or the received data are 0x76A3 0x76A30000 extended to 32 bit the operation shown in Figure 269 is...

Page 896: ...MSB half word is received In this way more time is provided between two write or read operations which prevents underrun or overrun conditions depending on the direction of the data transfer MSB just...

Page 897: ...tified standard no difference for the 16 bit and 32 bit full accuracy frame formats Figure 273 LSB justified 16 bit or 32 bit full accuracy with CPOL 0 CK WS SD Channel left 32 bit Channel right MSB L...

Page 898: ...re required on each RXNE event Figure 276 Operations required to receive 0x3478AE CK WS SD Channel left 32 bit Channel right MSB LSB 24 bit remaining 0 forced 8 bit data Transmission Reception 0xXX34...

Page 899: ...ion shown in Figure 278 is required Figure 278 Example of LSB justified 16 bit extended to 32 bit packet frame In transmission mode when TXE is asserted the application has to write the data to be tra...

Page 900: ...in master mode For short frame synchronization the WS synchronization signal is only one cycle long Figure 280 PCM standard waveforms 16 bit extended to 32 bit packet frame Note For both modes master...

Page 901: ...tecture 1 Where x could be 2 or 3 Figure 281 presents the communication clock architecture To achieve high quality audio performance the I2SxCLK clock source can be either the PLLI2S output through R...

Page 902: ...6 bit 256 2 62 1 32000 0 0000 32 bit 256 5 12 1 32000 0 0000 48000 16 bit 192 5 12 1 48000 0 0000 32 bit 384 5 12 1 48000 0 0000 96000 16 bit 384 5 12 1 96000 0 0000 32 bit 424 3 11 1 96014 49219 0 01...

Page 903: ...irection Transmitter or Receiver through the I2SCFG 1 0 bits in the SPI_I2SCFGR register 4 If needed select all the potential interruption sources and the DMA capabilities by writing the SPI_CR2 regis...

Page 904: ...mode selected refer to Section 28 4 3 Supported audio protocols If data are received while the previously received data have not been read yet an overrun is generated and the OVR flag is set If the E...

Page 905: ...fied and LSB justified modes the first data item to be written into the data register corresponds to the data for the left channel When the communication starts the data are transferred from the Tx bu...

Page 906: ...to the external WS line managed by the external master component Clearing the RXNE bit is performed by reading the SPI_DR register For more details about the read operations depending the I2 S standa...

Page 907: ...ates the channel side to which the data to transfer on SD has to belong In case of an underrun error event in slave transmission mode this flag is not reliable and I2 S needs to be switched off and sw...

Page 908: ...ost to recover from this state and resynchronize the external master device with the I2S slave device follow the steps below 1 Disable the I2S 2 Re enable it when the correct level is detected on the...

Page 909: ...bled transmit only mode Note This bit is not used in I2 S mode In master mode the MOSI pin is used while the MISO pin is used in slave mode Bit 13 CRCEN Hardware CRC calculation enable 0 CRC calculati...

Page 910: ...in I2 S mode and SPI TI mode Bit 8 SSI Internal slave select This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set The value of this bit is forced onto the NSS pin and the IO value of the NSS pin is ign...

Page 911: ...ot used in I2 S mode and SPI TI mode 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved TXEIE RXNEIE ERRIE FRF Res SSOE TXDMAEN RXDMAEN rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value...

Page 912: ...TXE RXNE r r r r rc_w0 r r r r Bits 15 9 Reserved Forced to 0 by hardware Bit 8 FRE Frame format error 0 No frame format error 1 A frame format error occurred This flag is set by hardware and cleared...

Page 913: ...pty 1 Tx buffer empty Bit 0 RXNE Receive buffer not empty 0 Rx buffer empty 1 Rx buffer not empty 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR 15 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 15...

Page 914: ...10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RXCRC 15 0 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 15 0 RXCRC 15 0 Rx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled the RxCRC 15 0 bits contain the computed CRC value of the subseq...

Page 915: ...16 standard Note A read to this register when the BSY flag is set could return an incorrect value These bits are not used for I2 S mode 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved I2SMOD I2SE I2SCF...

Page 916: ...eady state is high level Note For correct operation this bit should be configured when the I2 S is disabled This bit is not used in SPI mode Bits 2 1 DATLEN Data length to be transferred 00 16 bit dat...

Page 917: ...ot used in SPI mode Bit 8 ODD Odd factor for the prescaler 0 real divider value is I2SDIV 2 1 real divider value is I2SDIV 2 1 Refer to Section 28 4 4 on page 901 Not used in SPI mode Note This bit sh...

Page 918: ...0 0 0x04 SPI_CR2 Reserved TXEIE RXNEIE ERRIE FRF Reserved SSOE TXDMAEN RXDMAEN Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x08 SPI_SR Reserved FRE BSY OVR MODF CRCERR UDR CHSIDE TXE RXNE Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0...

Page 919: ...mple To bring this level of flexibility and configurability the SAI contains two audio sub blocks that are fully independent of each other Each audio sub block is connected to up to 4 pins SD SCK FS M...

Page 920: ...M DSP TDM AC 97 Up to 16 slots available with configurable size and with the possibility to select which ones are active in the audio frame Number of bits by frame may be configurable Frame synchroniz...

Page 921: ...pin and eventually an MCLK pin making them general purpose I Os The functional state machine can be configured to address a wide range of audio protocols Some registers are present to set up the desir...

Page 922: ...nt audio block The I O pin SD will be defined respectively as an output or an input It is possible to declare two master audio blocks in the same SAI with two different MCLK and SCK clock frequencies...

Page 923: ...EN 1 0 00 in SAI_xCR1 and the other one declared as synchronous with the other audio block respective bit SYNCEN 1 0 01 in the SAI_xCR1 Note APB frequency PCLK must be greater or equal to twice the bi...

Page 924: ...e frame length should be aligned to a number equal to a power of 2 from 8 to 256 This is to ensure that an audio frame contains an integer number of MCLK pulses per bit clock which ensures correct ope...

Page 925: ...er makes the choice 29 7 5 FS signal role The FS signal may have a different meaning depending on the FS function Bit FSDEF in the SAI_xFRCR register selects which meaning it will have It may be eithe...

Page 926: ...he transfer of these remaining bits In reception mode these bits are discarded Figure 286 FS role is start of frame FSDEF 0 29 8 Slot configuration The slot is the basic element in the audio frame The...

Page 927: ...configuration with FBOFF 0 in SAI_xSLOTR It is possible to choose the position of the first data bit to transfer within the slots this offset is configured by bit FBOFF 5 0 in the SAI_xSLOTR register...

Page 928: ...k generator is OFF Figure 289 illustrates the architecture of the audio block clock generator Figure 289 Audio block clock generator overview Note If NoDiv is set to 1 the MCLK_x signal will be set at...

Page 929: ...SCK_x The SAI_CK_x clock can be also equal to the bit clock frequency In this case bit NODIV in the SAI_xCR1 register should be set and the value inside the MCKDIV divider and the bit clock divider wi...

Page 930: ...an 011b This Interrupt FREQ bit in SAI_XSR register is cleared by hardware when at least half of the FIFO contains data FLTH 2 0 bits in SAI_xSR are higher or equal to 011b When the FIFO threshold bit...

Page 931: ...XSR register is cleared by hardware when the FIFO has less than three quarters of the FIFO data locations avalable FLTH 2 0 bits in SAI_xSR is less than 100b When the FIFO threshold bits in SAI_XCR2 r...

Page 932: ...cally as an output since the AC 97 controller link drives the FS signal whatever the master or slave configuration Figure 290 presents an AC 97 audio frame structure Figure 290 AC 97 audio frame Note...

Page 933: ...was present in the FIFO and for which the Mute mode is requested is discarded Receiver In receiver mode it is possible to detect a Mute mode sent from the external transmitter when all the declared a...

Page 934: ...andard employed in the United States and Japan is the Law and allows 14 bits of dynamic range COMP 1 0 10 in the SAI_xCR2 register The European companding standard is A Law and allows 13 bits of dynam...

Page 935: ...is transmitted or The line is released in HI z state at the end of the last bit of data transferred to release the line for other transmitters connected to this node It is important to note that the...

Page 936: ...FSDEF 1 and half frame length number of slots 2 and NBSLOT 6 VORW XGLR IUDPH LW 75 6 LQ WKH 6 B 5 DQG IUDPH OHQJWK QXPEHU RI VORWV 06 9 6ORW VL H GDWD VL H 6ORW VL H GDWD VL H LW 75 6 LQ WKH 6 B 5 DQG...

Page 937: ...transmitter and each audio block in an SAI has its own SAI_xSR register Overrun When the audio block is configured as receiver an overrun condition may appear if data is received in an audio frame whe...

Page 938: ...Proceed as follows 1 Disable the SAI peripheral by resetting the SAIEN bit of the SAI_xCR1 register Check that the SAI has been disabled by reading back the SAIEN bit SAIEN should be equal to 0 2 Flus...

Page 939: ...it in SAI_xCR1 register to be sure that the SAI is disabled SAIEN bit is should be equal to 0 reading back this bit 2 FIFO should be flushed via FFLUS bit in SAI_xCR2 register 3 Re enabling the SAI pe...

Page 940: ...is set It is asserted when the codec is not ready to communicate during the reception of the TAG 0 slot0 of the AC 97 audio frame In this case there will be no data automatically stored into the FIFO...

Page 941: ...pt group Audio block mode Interrupt enable Interrupt clear FREQ FREQ Master or Slave Receiver or transmitter FREQIE in SAI_xIM register Depend on FIFO threshold setting FLTH bits in SAI_CR2 Communicat...

Page 942: ...the SAI_xCR1 register The DMA request is managed directly by the FIFO controller depend of FIFO threshold level for more details please refer to Internal FIFOs section DMA direction is linked to the S...

Page 943: ...DMAEN DMA enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 DMA is disabled 1 DMA is enabled Note In receiver mode the bits MODE must be configured before setting bit DMAEN to avoid a DMA request since...

Page 944: ...This bit is set and cleared by software 0 data strobing edge is falling edge of SCK 1 data strobing edge is rising edge of SCK This bit has to be configured when the audio block is disabled Bit 8 LSBF...

Page 945: ...ss a specific audio protocol like I2S LSB MSB justified TDM PCM DSP setting most of the configuration register bits as well as frame configuration register These bits have to be configured when the au...

Page 946: ...e state of bit MODE 0 The data compression is applied if the audio block is configured as a transmitter The data expansion is automatically applied when the audio block is configured as a receiver Ref...

Page 947: ...value if the number of slots is lower or equal to 2 or equal to 0 if it is greater than 2 Refer to Section 29 12 1 for more details Bit 4 TRIS Tristate management on data line This bit is set and clea...

Page 948: ...audio block is disabled Bit 17 FSPOL Frame synchronization polarity This bit is set and cleared by software 0 FS is active low falling edge 1 FS is active high rising edge This bit is used to configu...

Page 949: ...More precisely these bits define the number of SCK clocks for each audio frame The number of bits in the frame is equal to FRL 7 0 1 The minimum number of bits to transfer in an audio frame has to be...

Page 950: ...t FSDEF in the SAI_AFRCR register is set If the size is greater than the data size the remaining bits will be forced to 0 if bit TRIS in the SAI_xCR1 register is clear otherwise they will be forced to...

Page 951: ...upt is disabled 1 Interrupt is enabled When this bit is set an interrupt will be generated if the AFSDET bit in the SAI_ASR register is set This bit has no meaning in AC 97 mode It has no meaning also...

Page 952: ...t Note This bit is used only in TDM mode and has no meaning for other modes Bit 1 MUTEDETIE Mute detection interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software 0 Interrupt is disabled 1 Interrupt...

Page 953: ...figured as receiver 000 FIFO_empty 001 FIFO but not empty 010 FIFO 011 FIFO 100 FIFO but not full 101 FIFO full Bits 15 7 Reserved always read as 0 Bit 6 LFSDET Late frame synchronization detection Th...

Page 954: ...configuration of FRL 7 0 bit in the SAI_x FRCR register This bit is used only when the audio block is master MODE 1 0 in the SAI_xCR1 register and when NODIV 0 in the SAI_xCR1 register It may generate...

Page 955: ...used in AC 97 Reading this bit always returns the value 0 Bit 4 CCNRDY Clear codec not ready flag This bit is write only Writing 1 in this bit clears the flag CNRDY in the SAI_xSR register This bit is...

Page 956: ...31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x0004 or 0x0024 SAI_xCR1 Reserved MCJDIV 3 0 NODIV Res DMAEN SAIxEN Reserved OutDri MONO SYNCE N 1 0 CKSTR LSBFIR...

Page 957: ...served LFSDET CAFSDET CNRDY Res WCKCFG MUTEDET OVRUDR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0020 or 0x0040 SAI_xDR DATA 31 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 131 S...

Page 958: ...Full duplex asynchronous communications NRZ standard format Mark Space Configurable oversampling method by 16 or by 8 to give flexibility between speed and clock tolerance Fractional baud rate generat...

Page 959: ...e up from mute mode by idle line detection or address mark detection Two receiver wakeup modes Address bit MSB 9th bit Idle line 30 3 USART functional description The interface is externally connected...

Page 960: ...6 USART registers on page 999 for the definitions of each bit The following pin is required to interface in synchronous mode SCLK Transmitter clock output This pin outputs the transmitter data clock...

Page 961: ...ister DR Transmitter clock Receiver clock Receiver rate Transmitter rate fPCLKx x 1 2 control control 8 x 2 OVER8 Conventional baudrate generator SBK RWU RE TE IDLE RXNE TCIE TXEIE CR1 UE PCE PS PEIE...

Page 962: ...ither 1 or 2 stop bits logic 1 bit to acknowledge the start bit Transmission and reception are driven by a common baud rate generator the clock for each is generated when the enable bit is set respect...

Page 963: ...2 stop bits Note The TE bit should not be reset during transmission of data Resetting the TE bit during the transmission will corrupt the data on the TX pin as the baud rate counters will get frozen...

Page 964: ...is disabled or enters the Halt mode to avoid corrupting the last transmission Single byte communication Clearing the TXE bit is always performed by a write to the data register The TXE bit is set by...

Page 965: ...ion Figure 299 TC TXE behavior when transmitting Break characters Setting the SBK bit transmits a break character The break frame length depends on the M bit see Figure 297 If the SBK bit is set to 1...

Page 966: ...nds the 3 bits at 0 and second sampling on the 8th 9th and 10th bits also finds the 3 bits at 0 The start bit is validated RXNE flag set interrupt generated if RXNEIE 1 but the NE noise flag is set if...

Page 967: ...indicates that the content of the shift register is transferred to the RDR In other words data has been received and can be read as well as its associated error flags An interrupt is generated if the...

Page 968: ...ta is stored in the receive register RDR and can be read if RXNE 0 then it means that the last valid data has already been read and thus there is nothing to be read in the RDR This case can occur when...

Page 969: ...eceiver s tolerance to clock deviations see Section 30 3 5 USART receiver tolerance to clock deviation on page 981 In this case the NF bit will never be set When noise is detected in a frame The NF bi...

Page 970: ...er to the USART_DR register No interrupt is generated in case of single byte communication However this bit rises at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt In case of multib...

Page 971: ...one 0 5 baud clock period during which nothing happens followed by 1 normal stop bit period during which sampling occurs halfway through Refer to Section 30 3 11 Smartcard on page 990 for more detail...

Page 972: ...BRR 0x19A hence USARTDIV 0d25 625 Example 3 To program USARTDIV 0d50 99 This leads to DIV_Fraction 16 0d0 99 0d15 84 The nearest real number is 0d16 0x10 overflow of DIV_frac 3 0 carry must be added u...

Page 973: ...Error Calculated Desired B rate Desired B rate Actual Value programmed in the baud rate register Error 1 1 2 KBps 1 2 KBps 416 6875 0 1 2 KBps 625 0 2 2 4 KBps 2 4 KBps 208 3125 0 01 2 4 KBps 312 5 0...

Page 974: ...4 KBps 228 571 KBps 4 375 0 79 230 769 KBps 6 5 0 16 9 460 8 KBps 470 588 KBps 2 125 2 12 461 538 KBps 3 25 0 16 10 921 6 KBps 888 889 KBps 1 125 3 55 923 077 KBps 1 625 0 16 11 2 MBps NA NA NA NA NA...

Page 975: ...calculation for programmed baud rates at fPCLK 16 MHz or fPCLK 24 MHz oversampling by 8 1 Oversampling by 8 OVER8 1 Baud rate fPCLK 16 MHz fPCLK 24 MHz S No Desired Actual Value programmed in the baud...

Page 976: ...0 8 KBps 470 588 KBps 1 0625 2 12 457 143 KBps 2 1875 0 79 8 896 KBps NA NA NA 888 889 KBps 1 1250 0 79 9 921 6 KBps NA NA NA 941 176 KBps 1 0625 2 12 10 1 792 MBps NA NA NA NA NA NA 11 1 8432 MBps NA...

Page 977: ...ed baud rates at fPCLK 8 MHz or fPCLK 16 MHz oversampling by 8 1 continued Oversampling by 8 OVER8 1 Baud rate fPCLK 8 MHz fPCLK 16 MHz S No Desired Actual Value programmed in the baud rate register E...

Page 978: ...rsampling by 16 1 2 continued Oversampling by 16 OVER8 0 Baud rate fPCLK 30 MHz fPCLK 60 MHz S No Desired Actual Value programme d in the baud rate register Error Calculated Desired B Rate Desired B R...

Page 979: ...sampling by 8 OVER8 1 Baud rate fPCLK 30 MHz fPCLK 60 MHz S No Desired Actual Value programme d in the baud rate register Error Calculated Desired B Rate Desired B Rate Actual Value programmed in the...

Page 980: ...LK 84 Hz oversampling by 16 1 2 continued Oversampling by 16 OVER8 0 Baud rate fPCLK 42 MHz fPCLK 84 MHz S No Desired Actual Value programme d in the baud rate register Error Calculated Desired B Rate...

Page 981: ...43 KBps 5 75 0 93 923 076 KBps 11 375 0 93 11 1 792 MBps 1 826 MBps 2 875 1 9 1 787Mbps 5 875 0 27 12 1 8432 MBps 1 826 MBps 2 875 0 93 1 826 MBps 5 75 0 93 13 3 584 MBps 3 5 MBps 1 5 2 34 3 652 MBps...

Page 982: ...their respective TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected to the RX input of the master In multiprocessor configurations it is often desirable that only the intended message recipient sh...

Page 983: ...ess which is programmed in the ADD bits in the USART_CR2 register The USART enters mute mode when an address character is received which does not match its programmed address In this case the RWU bit...

Page 984: ...de of the 7 or 8 LSB bits depending on whether M is equal to 0 or 1 and the parity bit E g data 00110101 4 bits set parity bit will be 1 if odd parity is selected PS bit in USART_CR1 1 Parity checking...

Page 985: ...et the LINEN bit to enter LIN mode In this case setting the SBK bit sends 13 0 bits as a break character Then a bit of value 1 is sent to allow the next start detection LIN reception A break detection...

Page 986: ...not long enough break discarded LBD is not set Break Frame RX line Break State machine Capture Strobe 0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7 Bit8 Bit9 Idle Idle Read Samples Bit0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Bit...

Page 987: ...r to select the phase of the external clock see Figure 307 Figure 308 Figure 309 During the Idle state preamble and send break the external SCLK clock is not activated In synchronous mode the USART tr...

Page 988: ...ame instruction in order to minimize the setup and the hold time of the receiver The USART supports master mode only it cannot receive or send data related to an input clock SCLK is always an output F...

Page 989: ...tween half and full duplex communication is made with a control bit HALF DUPLEX SEL HDSEL in USART_CR3 As soon as HDSEL is written to 1 the TX and RX lines are internally connected the RX pin is no lo...

Page 990: ...stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching between the two configurations Figure 311 shows examples of what can be seen on the data line with and without parity error Figure 311...

Page 991: ...periods On the receiver side if a parity error is detected and a NACK is transmitted the receiver will not detect the NACK as a start bit Note A break character is not significant in Smartcard mode A...

Page 992: ...the IrDA encoder any data on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver is busy USART is receiving decoded data from the USART data on the TX from the USART to IrDA...

Page 993: ...RT should discard pulses of duration shorter than 1 PSC A valid low is accepted only if its duration is greater than 2 periods of the IrDA low power Baud clock PSC value in USART_GTPR Note A pulse of...

Page 994: ...igure it as the source of the transfer The data will be loaded into the USART_DR register from this memory area after each TXE event 3 Configure the total number of bytes to be transferred to the DMA...

Page 995: ...RXNE event 3 Configure the total number of bytes to be transferred in the DMA control register 4 Configure the channel priority in the DMA control register 5 Configure interrupt generation after half...

Page 996: ...current byte with either of these errors 30 3 14 Hardware flow control It is possible to control the serial data flow between 2 devices by using the nCTS input and the nRTS output The Figure 317 shows...

Page 997: ...se the transmission does not occur When nCTS is deasserted during a transmission the current transmission is completed before the transmitter stops When CTSE 1 the CTSIF status bit is automatically se...

Page 998: ...only in multi buffer communication These events generate an interrupt if the corresponding Enable Control Bit is set Figure 320 USART interrupt mapping diagram Table 146 USART interrupt requests Inte...

Page 999: ...Reset value 0x00C0 0000 Table 147 USART mode configuration 1 1 X supported NA not applicable USART modes USART 1 USART 2 USART 3 UART4 UART5 USART 6 Asynchronous mode X X X X X X Hardware flow control...

Page 1000: ...ransmission Bit 6 TC Transmission complete This bit is set by hardware if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if TXE is set An interrupt is generated if TCIE 1 in the USART_CR1...

Page 1001: ...i Buffer communication if the EIE bit is set Note When the line is noise free the NF flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations Refer to Sect...

Page 1002: ...between the input shift register and the internal bus When transmitting with the parity enabled PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register the value written in the MSB bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the...

Page 1003: ...0 Idle Line 1 Address Mark Bit 10 PCE Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control generation and detection When the parity control is enabled the computed parity is inserted at...

Page 1004: ...he transmission starts Bit 2 RE Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver It is set and cleared by software 0 Receiver is disabled 1 Receiver is enabled and begins searching for a start bit Bit 1...

Page 1005: ...op bit Note The 0 5 Stop bit and 1 5 Stop bit are not available for UART4 UART5 Bit 11 CLKEN Clock enable This bit allows the user to enable the SCLK pin 0 SCLK pin disabled 1 SCLK pin enabled This bi...

Page 1006: ...errupt is inhibited 1 An interrupt is generated whenever LBD 1 in the USART_SR register Bit 5 LBDL lin break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection 0 10 bi...

Page 1007: ...rrent character has been transmitted The nRTS output is asserted tied to 0 when a data can be received Note This bit is not available for UART4 UART5 Bit 7 DMAT DMA enable transmitter This bit is set...

Page 1008: ...cleared by software 0 IrDA disabled 1 IrDA enabled Bit 0 EIE Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error overrun error or n...

Page 1009: ...r mode PSC 7 0 IrDA Low Power Baud Rate Used for programming the prescaler for dividing the system clock to achieve the low power frequency The source clock is divided by the value given in the regist...

Page 1010: ...e 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x04 USART_DR Reserved DR 8 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x08 USART_BRR Reserved DIV_Mantissa 15 4 DIV_Fraction 3 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x0C USART_CR1...

Page 1011: ...pport for two different databus modes 1 bit default and 4 bit Full support of the CE ATA features full compliance with CE ATA digital protocol Rev1 1 Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode Data...

Page 1012: ...rom MMC are done data blocks or streams Data transfers to from the CE ATA Devices are done in data blocks Figure 321 SDIO no response and no data operations Figure 322 SDIO multiple block read operati...

Page 1013: ...ard to host Data from host to card Stop command stops data transfer Optional cards Busy Needed for CE ATA Command Response Command Response Data block crc Busy Busy Data block crc Busy SDIO_CMD SDIO_D...

Page 1014: ...bus data transfer can be configured by the host to use SDIO_D0 or SDIO_D 3 0 All data lines are operating in push pull mode SDIO_CMD has two operational modes Open drain for initialization only for M...

Page 1015: ...e SDIO adapter clock domain SDIOCLK Adapter register block The adapter register block contains all system registers This block also generates the signals that clear the static flags in the multimedia...

Page 1016: ...us output signals during the power off and power up phases The clock management subunit generates and controls the SDIO_CK signal The SDIO_CK output can use either the clock divide or the clock bypass...

Page 1017: ...e command path state machine CPSM sets the status flags and enters the Idle state if a response is not required If a response is required it waits for the response see Figure 330 on page 1018 When the...

Page 1018: ...Send state This enables the data counter to trigger the stop command transmission Note The CPSM remains in the Idle state for at least eight SDIO_CK periods to meet the NCC and NRC timing constraints...

Page 1019: ...he SDIO_CMD output is in the Hi Z state as shown in Figure 331 on page 1019 Data on SDIO_CMD are synchronous with the rising edge of SDIO_CK Table shows the command format Response a response is a tok...

Page 1020: ...ransmitter bit and the six reserved bits are not used in the CRC calculation The CRC checksum is a 7 bit value CRC 6 0 Remainder M x x7 G x G x x7 x3 1 M x start bit x39 last bit before CRC x0 or M x...

Page 1021: ...the transfer direction send or receive the data path state machine DPSM moves to the Wait_S or Wait_R state when it is enabled Send the DPSM moves to the Wait_S state If there is data in the transmit...

Page 1022: ...e when the data block counter reaches zero the DPSM waits until it receives the CRC code If the received code matches the internally generated CRC code the DPSM moves to the Wait_R state If not the CR...

Page 1023: ...e state Busy the DPSM waits for the CRC status flag If it does not receive a positive CRC status it moves to the Idle state and sets the CRC fail status flag If it receives a positive CRC status it mo...

Page 1024: ...its shift register it increments the read pointer and drives new data out If the transmit FIFO is disabled all status flags are deasserted The data path subunit asserts TXACT when it transmits data Re...

Page 1025: ...to an MMC 512 bytes using CMD24 WRITE_BLOCK The SDIO FIFO is filled by data stored in a memory using the DMA controller 1 Do the card identification process 2 Increase the SDIO_CK frequency 3 Select...

Page 1026: ...ta control register DTEN with 1 SDIO card host enabled to send data DTDIR with 0 from controller to card DTMODE with 0 block data transfer DMAEN with 1 DMA enabled DBLOCKSIZE with 0x9 512 bytes Other...

Page 1027: ...iffers for MultiMediaCards and SD cards For MultiMediaCard cards the identification process starts at clock rate Fod The SDIO_CMD line output drivers are open drain and allow parallel card operation d...

Page 1028: ...rom the host to the card with a CRC appended to the end of each block by the host A card supporting block write is always able to accept a block of data defined by WRITE_BL_LEN If the CRC fails the ca...

Page 1029: ...he data state The host must than abort the operation by sending the stop transmission command The read error is reported in the response to the stop transmission command If the host sends a stop trans...

Page 1030: ...send its data starting at a specified address until the SDIO card host sends STOP_TRANSMISSION CMD12 The stop command has an execution delay due to the serial command transmission and the data transfe...

Page 1031: ...egister is set The card indicates that an erase is in progress by holding SDIO_D low The actual erase time may be quite long and the host may issue CMD7 to deselect the card 31 4 9 Wide bus selection...

Page 1032: ...cated by a nonzero value of PWD_LEN the card is locked automatically after power up As with the CSD and CID register write commands the lock unlock commands are available in the transfer state only In...

Page 1033: ...rd lock unlock mode the 8 bit PWD_LEN and the number of bytes in the currently used password 3 Send LOCK UNLOCK CMD42 with the appropriate data block size on the data line including the 16 bit CRC The...

Page 1034: ...ard fails and the LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED error bit is set in the card status register Forcing erase If the user has forgotten the password PWD content it is possible to access the card after clearing all...

Page 1035: ..._MISALIGN 0 no error 1 error The commands address argument in accordance with the currently set block length positions the first data block misaligned to the card physical blocks A multiple block read...

Page 1036: ...the standard A generic card error related to the and detected during execution of the last host command e g read or write failures C 18 Reserved 17 Reserved 16 CID CSD_OVERWRITE E X 0 no error 1 erro...

Page 1037: ...us command to read these bits 12 9 CURRENT_STATE S R 0 Idle 1 Ready 2 Ident 3 Stby 4 Tran 5 Data 6 Rcv 7 Prg 8 Dis 9 Btst 10 15 reserved The state of the card when receiving the command If the command...

Page 1038: ...are The following cards are currently defined 0000 Regular SD RD WR Card 0001 SD ROM Card In the future the 8 LSBs will be used to define different variations of an SD memory card each bit will define...

Page 1039: ...OF_PROTECTED_AREA SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA is specified by the unit in bytes SPEED_CLASS This 8 bit field indicates the speed class and the value can be calculated by PW 2 where PW is the write performa...

Page 1040: ...er to ERASE_TIMEOUT The host should determine the proper number of AUs to be erased in one operation so that the host can show the progress of the erase operation If this field is set to 0 the erase t...

Page 1041: ...upt to the MultiMediaCard SD module The use of the interrupt is optional for each card or function within a card The SD I O interrupt is level sensitive which means that the interrupt line must be hel...

Page 1042: ...efined only for the SD 1 bit and 4 bit modes The ReadWait operation allows the MMC SD module to signal a card that it is reading multiple registers IO_RW_EXTENDED CMD53 to temporarily stall the data t...

Page 1043: ...ormat and meaning The card must be selected in transfer state before sending GEN_CMD CMD56 The data block size is defined by SET_BLOCKLEN CMD16 The response to GEN_CMD CMD56 is in R1b format Command t...

Page 1044: ...1b SET_WRITE_PROT If the card has write protection features this command sets the write protection bit of the addressed group The properties of write protection are coded in the card specific data WP_...

Page 1045: ...ressed register This command accesses application dependent registers that are not defined in the MultiMediaCard standard CMD40 bcr 31 0 stuff bits R5 GO_IRQ_STATE Places the system in the interrupt m...

Page 1046: ...Code length 48 bits The 45 40 bits indicate the index of the command to be responded to this value being interpreted as a binary coded number between 0 and 63 The status of the card is coded in 32 bit...

Page 1047: ...busy low 31 5 5 R4 Fast I O Code length 48 bits The argument field contains the RCA of the addressed card the register address to be read from or written to and its content Table 173 R2 response Bit...

Page 1048: ...would detect the CMD5 as an illegal command and not respond The I O aware host will send CMD5 If the card responds with response R4 the host determines the card s configuration based on the data conta...

Page 1049: ...wait operation by stopping the clock SDIO suspend resume operation write and read suspend SDIO interrupts The SDIO supports these operations only if the SDIO_DCTRL 11 bit is set except for read suspe...

Page 1050: ...ead wait by stopping SDIO_CK SDIO_DCTRL is set just like in the method presented in Section 31 6 1 but SDIO_DCTRL 10 1 DSPM stops the clock two SDIO_CK cycles after the end bit of the current received...

Page 1051: ...trigger moves the CPSM to the Send state When the command counter reaches 48 the CPSM becomes Idle as no response is awaited 31 7 2 Command completion signal enable If the enable CMD completion bit S...

Page 1052: ...ce communicates to the system via 32 bit wide control registers accessible via APB2 The peripheral registers have to be accessed by words 32 bits 31 9 1 SDIO power control register SDIO_POWER Address...

Page 1053: ...0b SDIO_CK generated on the rising edge of the master clock SDIOCLK 1b SDIO_CK generated on the falling edge of the master clock SDIOCLK Bits 12 11 WIDBUS Wide bus mode enable bit 00 Default bus mode...

Page 1054: ...d wait interval for SD I O cards in this case the SDIO_CLKCR register does not control SDIO_CK 31 9 3 SDIO argument register SDIO_ARG Address offset 0x08 Reset value 0x0000 0000 The SDIO_ARG register...

Page 1055: ...set the CPSM transfers CMD61 Bit 13 nIEN not Interrupt Enable if this bit is 0 interrupts in the CE ATA device are enabled Bit 12 ENCMDcompl Enable CMD completion If this bit is set the command comple...

Page 1056: ...gisters contain the status of a card which is part of the received response The Card Status size is 32 or 127 bits depending on the response type The most significant bit of the card status is receive...

Page 1057: ...value is loaded into the data counter when data transfer starts Note For a block data transfer the value in the data length register must be a multiple of the block size see SDIO_DCTRL A data transfe...

Page 1058: ...WSTART bit is set 1 Enable for read wait stop if RWSTART bit is set Bit 8 RWSTART Read wait start If this bit is set read wait operation starts Bits 7 4 DBLOCKSIZE Data block size Define the data bloc...

Page 1059: ...te This register should be read only when the data transfer is complete Bit 2 DTMODE Data transfer mode selection 1 Stream or SDIO multibyte data transfer 0 Block data transfer 1 Stream or SDIO multib...

Page 1060: ...value Bit 23 CEATAEND CE ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 Bit 22 SDIOIT SDIO interrupt received Bit 21 RXDAVL Data available in receive FIFO Bit 20 TXDAVL Data available in transmit FI...

Page 1061: ...1 0 Reserved CEATAENDC SDIOITC Reserved DBCKENDC STBITERRC DATAENDC CMDSENTC CMDRENDC RXOVERRC TXUNDERRC DTIMEOUTC CTIMEOUTC DCRCFAILC CCRCFAILC rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 24 Reser...

Page 1062: ...cleared Bit 4 TXUNDERRC TXUNDERR flag clear bit Set by software to clear TXUNDERR flag 0 TXUNDERR not cleared 1 TXUNDERR cleared Bit 3 DTIMEOUTC DTIMEOUT flag clear bit Set by software to clear the D...

Page 1063: ...le Set and cleared by software to enable disable the interrupt generated when receiving the SDIO mode interrupt 0 SDIO Mode Interrupt Received interrupt disabled 1 SDIO Mode Interrupt Received interru...

Page 1064: ...et and cleared by software to enable disable interrupt caused by data being transferred data transmit acting 0 Data transmit acting interrupt disabled 1 Data transmit acting interrupt enabled Bit 11 C...

Page 1065: ...error interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable disable interrupt caused by Tx FIFO underrun error 0 Tx FIFO underrun error interrupt disabled 1 Tx FIFO underrun error interrupt enabled...

Page 1066: ...w rw rw rw bits 31 0 FIFOData Receive and transmit FIFO data The FIFO data occupies 32 entries of 32 bit words from address SDIO base 0x080 to SDIO base 0xFC Table 180 SDIO register map Offset Registe...

Page 1067: ...TBITERRC DATAENDC CMDSENTC CMDRENDC RXOVERRC TXUNDERRC DTIMEOUTC CTIMEOUTC DCRCFAILC CCRCFAILC 0x3C SDIO_MASK Reserved CEATAENDIE SDIOITIE RXDAVLIE TXDAVLIE RXFIFOEIE TXFIFOEIE RXFIFOFIE TXFIFOFIE RXF...

Page 1068: ...all hardware functions for supporting the CAN Time Triggered Communication option 32 2 bxCAN main features Supports CAN protocol version 2 0 A B Active Bit rates up to 1 Mbit s Supports the Time Trigg...

Page 1069: ...and Diagnostic messages have been introduced An enhanced filtering mechanism is required to handle each type of message Furthermore application tasks require more CPU time therefore real time constra...

Page 1070: ...e transmit mailboxes are provided to the software for setting up messages The transmission Scheduler decides which mailbox has to be transmitted first 32 3 4 Acceptance filters The bxCAN provides 28 s...

Page 1071: ...AK nor SLAK are set bxCAN is in normal FFHSWDQFH LOWHUV LOWHU 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 6FKHGXOHU 0DLOER 5 HFHLYH 2 0DLOER 5H FHLYH 2 0DLOER 7 0DLOER HV 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 6FKHGXOHU 0DLOER 5H FHLYH 2 0DLOER 5 HFHLYH 2 0...

Page 1072: ...he filter values also can be modified by deactivating the associated filter activation bits in the CAN_FA1R register If a filter bank is not used it is recommended to leave it non active leave the cor...

Page 1073: ...Figure 336 bxCAN operating modes 1 ACK The wait state during which hardware confirms a request by setting the INAK or SLAK bits in the CAN_MSR register 2 SYNC The state during which bxCAN waits until...

Page 1074: ...ternal events the CAN Core ignores acknowledge errors no dominant bit sampled in the acknowledge slot of a data remote frame in Loop Back Mode In this mode the bxCAN performs an internal feedback from...

Page 1075: ...Immediately after the TXRQ bit has been set the mailbox enters pending state and waits to become the highest priority mailbox see Transmit Priority As soon as the mailbox has the highest priority it w...

Page 1076: ...ent transmission Nonautomatic retransmission mode This mode has been implemented in order to fulfil the requirement of the Time Triggered Communication option of the CAN standard To configure the hard...

Page 1077: ...ave CPU load simplify the software and guarantee data consistency the FIFO is managed completely by hardware The application accesses the messages stored in the FIFO through the FIFO output mailbox Va...

Page 1078: ...isabled RFLM bit in the CAN_MCR register cleared the last message stored in the FIFO will be overwritten by the new incoming message In this case the latest messages will be always available to the ap...

Page 1079: ...le identifiers All bits of the incoming identifier must match the bits specified in the filter registers Filter bank scale and mode configuration The filter banks are configured by means of the corres...

Page 1080: ...count the activation state of the filter banks In addition two independent numbering schemes are used one for each FIFO Refer to Figure 343 for an example One 32 Bit Filter Identifier Mask Two 16 Bit...

Page 1081: ...f equal scale priority is given to the Identifier List mode over the Identifier Mask mode For filters of equal scale and mode priority is given by the filter number the lower the number the higher the...

Page 1082: ...discarded by hardware without disturbing the software 32 7 5 Message storage The interface between the software and the hardware for the CAN messages is implemented by means of mailboxes A mailbox con...

Page 1083: ...age available The filter match index is stored in the MFMI field of the CAN_RDTxR register The 16 bit time stamp value is stored in the TIME 15 0 field of CAN_RDTxR Figure 345 CAN error state diagram...

Page 1084: ...the recovering sequence automatically after it has entered Bus Off state If ABOM is cleared the software must initiate the recovering sequence by requesting bxCAN to enter and to leave initialization...

Page 1085: ...s moved earlier As a safeguard against programming errors the configuration of the Bit Timing Register CAN_BTR is only possible while the device is in Standby mode Note For a detailed description of t...

Page 1086: ...ame Inter Frame Space Inter Frame Space or Overload Frame Inter Frame Space Inter Frame Space or Overload Frame Notes 0 N 8 SOF Start Of Frame ID Identifier RTR Remote Transmission Request IDE Identif...

Page 1087: ...ition FOVR0 bit in the CAN_RF0R register set The FIFO 1 interrupt can be generated by the following events Reception of a new message FMP1 bits in the CAN_RF1R register are not 00 FIFO1 full condition...

Page 1088: ...ver the modification of the filter configuration scale mode and FIFO assignment in CAN_FMxR CAN_FSxR and CAN_FFAR registers can only be done when the filter initialization mode is set FINIT 1 in the C...

Page 1089: ...ion The SLEEP bit of the CAN_MCR register and the SLAK bit of the CAN_MSR register are cleared by hardware Bit 4 NART No automatic retransmission 0 The CAN hardware will automatically retransmit the m...

Page 1090: ...Reserved SLAKI WKUI ERRI SLAK INAK r r r r rc_w1 rc_w1 rc_w1 r r Bits 31 12 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 11 RX CAN Rx signal Monitors the actual value of the CAN_RX Pin Bit 10 SAMP Last sa...

Page 1091: ...t acknowledges the initialization request from the software set INRQ bit in CAN_MCR register This bit is cleared by hardware when the CAN hardware has left the initialization mode to be synchronized o...

Page 1092: ...ssfully Please refer to Figure 340 Bit 16 RQCP2 Request completed mailbox2 Set by hardware when the last request transmit or abort has been performed Cleared by software writing a 1 or by hardware on...

Page 1093: ...et by hardware when the last request transmit or abort has been performed Cleared by software writing a 1 or by hardware on transmission request TXRQ0 set in CAN_TI0R register Clearing this bit clears...

Page 1094: ...Setting this bit when the FIFO is empty has no effect If at least two messages are pending in the FIFO the software has to release the output mailbox to access the next message Cleared by hardware whe...

Page 1095: ...2 0 is set by hardware on error detection Bit 10 BOFIE Bus off interrupt enable 0 ERRI bit will not be set when BOFF is set 1 ERRI bit will be set when BOFF is set Bit 9 EPVIE Error passive interrupt...

Page 1096: ...se of an error during reception this counter is incremented by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN standard After every successful reception the counter is decremented by...

Page 1097: ...ning limit has been reached Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter 96 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 SILM LBKM Reserved SJW 1 0 Res TS2 2 0 TS1 3 0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw...

Page 1098: ...x allows access to a 3 level depth FIFO the access being offered only to the oldest received message in the FIFO Each mailbox consist of 4 registers Figure 349 RX and TX mailboxes Bits 19 16 TS1 3 0 T...

Page 1099: ...10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EXID 12 0 IDE RTR TXRQ rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 21 STID 10 0 EXID 28 18 Standard identifier or extended identifier The standard identifier or the...

Page 1100: ...s 15 9 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 8 TGT Transmit global time This bit is active only when the hardware is in the Time Trigger Communication mode TTCM bit of the CAN_MCR register is set 0...

Page 1101: ...w Bits 31 24 DATA3 7 0 Data byte 3 Data byte 3 of the message Bits 23 16 DATA2 7 0 Data byte 2 Data byte 2 of the message Bits 15 8 DATA1 7 0 Data byte 1 Data byte 1 of the message Bits 7 0 DATA0 7 0...

Page 1102: ...4 3 2 1 0 EXID 12 0 IDE RTR Res r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 21 STID 10 0 EXID 28 18 Standard identifier or extended identifier The standard identifier or the MSBs of the extended identifier...

Page 1103: ...r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 16 TIME 15 0 Message time stamp This field contains the 16 bit timer value captured at the SOF detection Bits 15 8 FMI 7 0 Filter match index This register contains the in...

Page 1104: ...DATA1 7 0 DATA0 7 0 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 24 DATA3 7 0 Data Byte 3 Data byte 3 of the message Bits 23 16 DATA2 7 0 Data Byte 2 Data byte 2 of the message Bits 15 8 DATA1 7 0 Data By...

Page 1105: ...N2SB 5 0 Reserved FINIT rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 14 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 13 8 CAN2SB 5 0 CAN2 start bank These bits are set and cleared by software They define the start bank...

Page 1106: ...w rw rw rw rw rw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FBM15 FBM14 FBM13 FBM12 FBM11 FBM10 FBM9 FBM8 FBM7 FBM6 FBM5 FBM4 FBM3 FBM2 FBM1 FBM0 rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 28...

Page 1107: ...ts 31 28 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 27 0 FFAx Filter FIFO assignment for filter x The message passing through this filter will be stored in the specified FIFO 0 Filter assigned to FIFO...

Page 1108: ...gister mapping addresses of the filter banks please refer to the Table 183 on page 1109 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 FB31 FB30 FB29 FB28 FB27 FB26 FB25 FB24 FB23 FB22 FB21 FB20 FB19...

Page 1109: ...00C CAN_RF0R Reserved RFOM0 FOVR0 FULL0 Reserved FMP0 1 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0x010 CAN_RF1R Reserved RFOM1 FOVR1 FULL1 Reserved FMP1 1 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0x014 CAN_IER Reserved SLKIE WKUIE ERR...

Page 1110: ...x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0x1A8 CAN_TDL2R DATA3 7 0 DATA2 7 0 DATA1 7 0 DATA0 7 0 Reset value x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0x1AC CAN_TDH2R DATA7 7 0 DATA6...

Page 1111: ...0 0 0x208 Reserved 0x20C CAN_FS1R Reserved FSC 27 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x210 Reserved 0x214 CAN_FFA1R Reserved FFA 27 0 Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 1112: ...x x 0x318 CAN_F27R1 FB 31 0 Reset value x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0x31C CAN_F27R2 FB 31 0 Reset value x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x...

Page 1113: ...e flexible peripheral to meet the needs of various applications and customers It supports two industry standard interfaces to the external physical layer PHY the default media independent interface MI...

Page 1114: ...optional for multicast and unicast DA addresses Option to pass all multicast addressed frames Promiscuous mode support to pass all frames without any filtering for network monitoring Passes all incomi...

Page 1115: ...burst fixed or indefinite burst in the AHB Master interface Option to select address aligned bursts from AHB master port Optimization for packet oriented DMA transfers with frame delimiters Byte alig...

Page 1116: ...UP ETH_MII_CRS PA1 ETH_MII _RX_CLK ETH_RMII _REF_CLK PA2 ETH _MDIO PA3 ETH _MII_COL PA7 ETH_MII _RX_DV ETH_RMII _CRS_DV PB0 ETH _MII_RXD2 PB1 ETH _MII_RXD3 PB5 ETH _PPS_OUT PB8 ETH _MII_TXD3 PB10 ETH_...

Page 1117: ...mode and features for the MAC and the DMA controller Note The AHB clock frequency must be at least 25 MHz when the Ethernet is used Figure 350 ETH block diagram 1 For AHB connections please refer to...

Page 1118: ...d by a 01 pattern to verify transitions on the line from the default logic one state to zero and back to one Operation defines the type of transaction read or write in progress PADDR the PHY address i...

Page 1119: ...gister or the MII Data Register during this period are ignored the Busy bit is high and the transaction is completed without any error After the Write operation has completed the SMI indicates this by...

Page 1120: ...to set the clock ranges 33 4 2 Media independent interface MII The media independent interface MII defines the interconnection between the MAC sublayer and the PHY for data transfer at 10 Mbit s and 1...

Page 1121: ...e transmit and receive media are idle The PHY must ensure that the MII_CS signal remains asserted throughout the duration of a collision condition This signal is not required to transition synchronous...

Page 1122: ...with an external 25 MHz as shown in Figure 355 Instead of using an external 25 MHz quartz to provide this clock the STM32F4xxmicrocontroller can output this signal on its MCO pin In this case the PLL...

Page 1123: ...edicated to reduce the pin count to 7 pins a 62 5 decrease in pin count The RMII is instantiated between the MAC and the PHY This helps translation of the MAC s MII into the RMII The RMII block has th...

Page 1124: ...scheme required to support both the MII and RMII as well as 10 and 100 Mbit s operations is described in Figure 358 Figure 358 Clock scheme 1 The MII RMII selection is controlled through bit 23 MII_RM...

Page 1125: ...encapsulation transmit and receive Framing frame boundary delimitation frame synchronization Addressing handling of source and destination addresses Error detection Media access management Medium allo...

Page 1126: ...ast addresses this bit is also 1 Each byte of each address field must be transmitted least significant bit first The address designation is based on the following types Individual address this is the...

Page 1127: ...y or may not be passed by the MAC sublayer Data and PAD fields n byte data field Full data transparency is provided it means that any arbitrary sequence of byte values may appear in the data field The...

Page 1128: ...ra bits The CRC value computed on the incoming frame does not match the included FCS Preamble SFD Destination address Source address MAC client length type MAC client data PAD Frame check sequence 7 b...

Page 1129: ...red and the new frame is considered as the continuation of the previous frame There are two modes of operation for popping data towards the MAC core In Threshold mode as soon as the number of bytes in...

Page 1130: ...the deferral mechanism for flow control back pressure in Half duplex mode When the application requests to stop receiving frames the MAC sends a JAM pattern of 32 bytes whenever it senses the recepti...

Page 1131: ...ime in the generated frame is the programmed pause time value in ETH_MACFCR If the receive FIFO remains full at a configurable number of slot times PLT bits in ETH_MACFCR before this Pause time runs o...

Page 1132: ...IFO from the application DMA during the Flush operation Transfer transmit status words are transferred to the application for the number of frames that is flushed including partial frames Frames that...

Page 1133: ...tects an IPv4 datagram when the Ethernet frame s Type field has the value 0x0800 and the IP datagram s Version field has the value 0x4 The input frame s checksum field is ignored during calculation an...

Page 1134: ...DP or ICMPv6 pseudo header data are included into the checksum calculation and the checksum field is overwritten with the final calculated value Note that for ICMP over IPv4 packets the checksum field...

Page 1135: ...roller 1232 Figure 362 Transmission bit order MII RMII transmit timing diagrams Figure 363 Transmission with no collision D0 D1 D2 D3 LSB MII_TXD 3 0 MSB D0 D1 LSB MSB RMII_TXD 1 0 Bibit stream Nibble...

Page 1136: ...C in the ETH_DMAOMR register so that the DMA can initiate pre configured burst transfers towards the AHB interface In the default Cut through mode when 64 bytes configured with the RTC bits in the ETH...

Page 1137: ...o CRC pad stripping option the MAC sends the data of the frame to RxFIFO up to the count specified in the length type field then starts dropping bytes including the FCS field If the Length Type field...

Page 1138: ...ction In this configuration the core does not append any payload checksum bytes to the received Ethernet frames As mentioned in RDES0 Receive descriptor Word0 on page 1173 the meaning of certain regis...

Page 1139: ...If the received control frame matches neither the type field 0x8808 the opcode 0x00001 nor the byte length 64 bytes or if there is a CRC error the MAC does not generate a Pause In the case of a pause...

Page 1140: ...layer should be aware of the length of the frames received from the ingress port in order to transfer the frame to the egress port The MAC core provides the frame length of each received frame inside...

Page 1141: ...core as a result of various events The ETH_MACSR register describes the events that can cause an interrupt from the MAC core You can prevent each event from asserting the interrupt by setting the cor...

Page 1142: ...ected HU bit in the Frame filter register is reset the MAC compares all 48 bits of the received unicast address with the programmed MAC address for any match Default MacAddr0 is always enabled other a...

Page 1143: ...lied to the received frame Broadcast address filter The MAC does not filter any broadcast frames in the default mode However if the MAC is programmed to reject all broadcast frames by setting the BFD...

Page 1144: ...X Fail on hash filter match 0 1 1 0 X X X Pass on hash or perfect Group filter match 0 1 1 1 X X X Fail on hash or perfect Group filter match Multicast 1 X X X X X X Pass all frames X X X X X 1 X Pas...

Page 1145: ...ers and lists the addresses of each of the statistics counters This address is used for read write accesses to the desired transmit receive counter The Receive MMC counters are updated for frames that...

Page 1146: ...ote wakeup frame enable and Magic Packet enable These enable bits WFE and MPE are in the ETH_MACPMTCSR register and are programmed by the application When the power down mode is enabled in the PMT the...

Page 1147: ...r block Remote wakeup frame detection When the MAC is in sleep mode and the remote wakeup bit is enabled in the ETH_MACPMTCSR register normal operation is resumed after receiving a remote wakeup frame...

Page 1148: ...F FFFF pattern is scanned for again in the incoming frame The 16 repetitions can be anywhere in the frame but must be preceded by the synchronization stream 0xFFFF FFFF FFFF The device also accepts a...

Page 1149: ...mode 11 On receiving a valid wakeup frame the Ethernet peripheral exits the power down mode 12 Read the ETH_MACPMTCSR to clear the power management event flag enable the MAC transmitter state machine...

Page 1150: ...to synchronize its local timing reference to the master s timing reference Most of the protocol implementation occurs in the software above the UDP layer As described above however hardware support i...

Page 1151: ...the IEEE 1588 time stamping feature is enabled the Ethernet MAC captures the time stamp of all frames received on the MII The MAC provides the time stamp as soon as the frame reception is complete Ca...

Page 1152: ...to 67 MHz for example the addend register must be set to 0xBF0 B7672 When the clock drift is zero the default addend value of 0xC1F0 7C1F 232 1 32 should be programmed In Figure 373 the constant value...

Page 1153: ...rithm is self correcting if for any reason the slave clock is initially set to a value from the master that is incorrect the algorithm corrects it at the cost of more Sync cycles Programming steps for...

Page 1154: ...ed target time in the Target time high and low registers Unmask the Time stamp interrupt by clearing bit 9 in the ETH_MACIMR register 5 Set Time stamp control register bit 4 TSARU 6 When this trigger...

Page 1155: ...ry into the Tx FIFO while the receive engine transfers data from the Rx FIFO into system memory The controller utilizes descriptors to efficiently move data from source to destination with minimum CPU...

Page 1156: ...egisters providing the DMA with the start address of each list 4 Write to MAC Registers 1 2 and 3 to choose the desired filtering options 5 Write to the MAC ETH_MACCR register to configure and enable...

Page 1157: ...less than or equal to the size of the configured PBL Thus all subsequent beats start at an address that is aligned to the configured PBL The DMA can only align the address for beats up to size 16 for...

Page 1158: ...00 and 0x1001 The actual frame is written from location 0x1002 Thus the actual useful space in this buffer is 1022 bytes even though the buffer size is programmed as 1024 bytes due to the start addres...

Page 1159: ...ion is complete if IEEE 1588 time stamping was enabled for the frame as indicated in the transmit status the time stamp value is written to the transmit descriptor TDES2 and TDES3 that contains the en...

Page 1160: ...he transmit descriptor list for the second frame If the second frame is valid the transmit process transfers this frame before writing the first frame s status information In OSF mode the Run state tr...

Page 1161: ...mp to TDES2 and TDES3 if such time stamp was captured as indicated by a status bit The DMA then writes the status with a cleared OWN bit to the corresponding TDES0 thus closing the descriptor If time...

Page 1162: ...are transferred from the memory buffer to the Transmit FIFO Concurrently if the last descriptor TDES0 29 of the current frame is cleared the transmit process attempts to acquire the next descriptor Th...

Page 1163: ...o underflow is detected The appropriate Transmit Descriptor 0 TDES0 bit is set If the second condition occurs both the Abnormal Interrupt Summary in ETH_DMASR register 15 and Transmit Underflow bits i...

Page 1164: ...he buffer contains the last segment of the frame Bit 28 FS First segment When set this bit indicates that the buffer contains the first segment of a frame Bit 27 DC Disable CRC When this bit is set th...

Page 1165: ...the IPv4 packet against the number of header bytes received from the application and indicates an error status if there is a mismatch For IPv6 frames a header error is reported if the main header leng...

Page 1166: ...ission of the frame is aborted Bit 7 VF VLAN frame When set this bit indicates that the transmitted frame was a VLAN type frame Bits 6 3 CC Collision count This 4 bit counter value indicates the numbe...

Page 1167: ...0 TBAP1 TBAP TTSL rw Bits 31 0 TBAP1 Transmit buffer 1 address pointer Transmit frame time stamp low These bits have two different functions they indicate to the DMA the location of data in memory and...

Page 1168: ...0 TBAP2 Transmit buffer 2 address pointer Next descriptor address Transmit frame time stamp high These bits have two different functions they indicate to the DMA the location of data in memory and aft...

Page 1169: ...ER BYTE COUNT UFFER ADDRESS UFFER ADDRESS OR EXT DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS 4 3 4 3 4 3 AI B 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 2ESERVED 2ESERVED 4IME STAMP LOW 4IME STAMP HIGH 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20...

Page 1170: ...s not disabled then proceeds to step 8 If the DMA owns the next descriptor but the current frame transfer is not complete the DMA closes the current descriptor as intermediate and returns to step 4 7...

Page 1171: ...if time stamping is not enabled RDES2 and RDES3 remain unchanged Figure 381 Receive DMA operation Re Fetch next descriptor AHB error No Own bit set Yes Yes Stop RxDMA Start RxDMA Start AHB error No R...

Page 1172: ...A sets the first descriptor RDES0 9 after the DMA AHB Interface becomes ready to receive a data transfer if DMA is not fetching transmit data from the memory to delimit the frame The descriptors are r...

Page 1173: ...31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 OWN AFM FL ES DE SAF LE OE VLAN FS LS IPHCE TSV LCO FT RWT RE DE CE PCE ESA rw Bit 31 OWN Own bit When set this bi...

Page 1174: ...erflow Bit 10 VLAN VLAN tag When set this bit indicates that the frame pointed to by this descriptor is a VLAN frame tagged by the MAC core Bit 9 FS First descriptor When set this bit indicates that t...

Page 1175: ...2 DE Dribble bit error When set this bit indicates that the received frame has a non integer multiple of bytes odd nibbles This bit is valid only in MII mode Bit 1 CE CRC error When set this bit indi...

Page 1176: ...29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DIC RBS2 RBS2 RER RCH Reserved RBS rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw...

Page 1177: ...rw rw Bits 31 0 RBAP1 RTSL Receive buffer 1 address pointer Receive frame time stamp low These bits take on two different functions the application uses them to indicate to the DMA where to store the...

Page 1178: ...fer 2 address pointer next descriptor address Receive frame time stamp high These bits take on two different functions the application uses them to indicate to the DMA the location of where to store t...

Page 1179: ...5 RDES 6 Extended Status 31 0 Reserved Time stamp low 31 0 Time stamp high 31 0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved PV PFT PMT IPV6PR IPV4PR...

Page 1180: ...d packet is an IPv6 packet Bit 6 IPV4PR IPv4 packet received When set this bit indicates that the received packet is an IPv4 packet Bit 5 IPCB IP checksum bypassed When set this bit indicates that the...

Page 1181: ...The interrupt is not generated again unless a new interrupting event occurs after the driver has cleared the appropriate bit in the ETH_DMASR register For example the controller generates a Receive in...

Page 1182: ...EXTI Line19 interrupt with detection on rising edge is also enabled both interrupts are generated A watchdog timer see ETH_DMARSWTR register is given for flexible control of the RS bit ETH_DMASR regis...

Page 1183: ...Reset value 0x0000 8000 The MAC configuration register is the operation mode register of the MAC It establishes receive and transmit operating modes 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15...

Page 1184: ...the MAC receives all packets that are given by the PHY while transmitting This bit is not applicable if the MAC is operating in Full duplex mode Bit 12 LM Loopback mode When this bit is set the MAC op...

Page 1185: ...e deferral error bit set in the transmit frame status when the transmit state machine is deferred for more than 24 288 bit times in 10 100 Mbit s mode Deferral begins when the transmitter is ready to...

Page 1186: ...he application only those frames that have passed the SA DA address filter Bits 30 11 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 10 HPF Hash or perfect filter When this bit is set and if the HM or HU bi...

Page 1187: ...n even if they fail the address filter 11 MAC forwards control frames that pass the address filter Bit 5 BFD Broadcast frames disable When this bit is set the address filters filter all incoming broad...

Page 1188: ...he Hash table high register contains the higher 32 bits of the multicast Hash table Ethernet MAC hash table low register ETH_MACHTLR Address offset 0x000C Reset value 0x0000 0000 The Hash table low re...

Page 1189: ...110 111 Reserved Bit 1 MW MII write When set this bit tells the PHY that this will be a Write operation using the MII Data register If this bit is not set this will be a Read operation placing the da...

Page 1190: ...s in the destination clock domain Bits 15 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 7 ZQPD Zero quanta pause disable When set this bit disables the automatic generation of Zero quanta pause control f...

Page 1191: ...frames In Half duplex mode when this bit is set the MAC enables the back pressure operation When this bit is reset the back pressure feature is disabled Bit 0 FCB BPA Flow control busy back pressure...

Page 1192: ...are compared with the corresponding field in the received VLAN tagged frame When this bit is reset all 16 bits of the received VLAN frame s fifteenth and sixteenth bytes are used for comparison Bits...

Page 1193: ...eset value Bit 6 WFR Wakeup frame received When set this bit indicates the power management event was generated due to reception of a wakeup frame This bit is cleared by a read into this register Bit...

Page 1194: ...smission Bit 23 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 22 TFWA Tx FIFO write active When high it indicates that the TxFIFO write controller is active and transferring data to the TxFIFO Bits 21 20 T...

Page 1195: ...ate 01 Reading frame data 10 Reading frame status or time stamp 11 Flushing the frame data and status Bit 4 RFWRA Rx FIFO write controller active When high it indicates that the Rx FIFO write controll...

Page 1196: ...transmit status This bit is set high whenever an interrupt is generated in the ETH_MMCTIR Register This bit is cleared when all the bits in this interrupt register ETH_MMCTIR are cleared Bit 5 MMCRS...

Page 1197: ...er 47 0 is compared with 0x6655 4433 2211 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved TSTIM Reserved PMTIM Reserved rw rw Bits 15 10 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 9 TSTIM Time stamp trig...

Page 1198: ...rw rw rw rw Bits 31 0 MACA0L MAC address0 low 31 0 This field contains the lower 32 bits of the 6 byte MAC address0 This is used by the MAC for filtering for received frames and for inserting the MAC...

Page 1199: ...the MAC address1 registers Each bit controls the masking of the bytes as follows Bit 29 ETH_MACA1HR 15 8 Bit 28 ETH_MACA1HR 7 0 Bit 27 ETH_MACA1LR 31 24 Bit 24 ETH_MACA1LR 7 0 Bits 23 16 Reserved mus...

Page 1200: ...ntrol These bits are mask control bits for comparison of each of the MAC address2 bytes When set high the MAC core does not compare the corresponding byte of received DA SA with the contents of the MA...

Page 1201: ...or comparison with the SA fields of the received frame When this bit is cleared the MAC address 3 47 0 is used for comparison with the DA fields of the received frame Bits 29 24 MBC Mask byte control...

Page 1202: ...half 16 When MCFHP is high and bit4 is set all MMC counters get preset to almost full value All frame counters get preset to 0xFFFF_FFF0 full 16 Bit 4 MCP MMC counter preset When set all counters will...

Page 1203: ...6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved RGUFS Reserved RFAES RFCES Reserved rc_r rc_r rc_r Bits 31 18 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 17 RGUFS Received Good Unicast Frames Status This bit is set when the rece...

Page 1204: ...tted good frames after a single collision counter reaches half the maximum value Bits 13 0 Reserved must be kept at reset value 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7...

Page 1205: ...M Reserved rw rw rw Bits 31 22 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 21 TGFM Transmitted good frames mask Setting this bit masks the interrupt when the transmitted good frames counter reaches half...

Page 1206: ...4 Reset value 0x0000 0000 This register contains the number of frames received with CRC error 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TGFMSCC r r r r r r...

Page 1207: ...ontrol register ETH_PTPTSCR Address offset 0x0700 Reset value 0x0000 00002000 This register controls the time stamp generation and update logic 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13...

Page 1208: ...is taken for IPv6 frames Bit 11 TSSPTPOEFE Time stamp snapshot for PTP over ethernet frames enable When this bit is set the time stamp snapshot is taken for frames which have PTP messages in Ethernet...

Page 1209: ...Time stamp high update and Time stamp low update registers This bit must be read as zero before you can set it When initialization is complete this bit is cleared Bit 1 TSFCU Time stamp fine or coars...

Page 1210: ...ains the seconds system time value The Time stamp high register along with Time stamp low register indicates the current value of the system time maintained by the MAC Though it is updated on a contin...

Page 1211: ...SSTI or TSSTU bits in the Time stamp control register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 STPNS STSS r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r...

Page 1212: ...rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 TSUPNS Time stamp update positive or negative sign This bit indicates positive or negative time value When s...

Page 1213: ...et 0x0728 Reset value 0x0000 0000 This register contains the time stamp status register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TTSH rw rw rw rw rw rw rw...

Page 1214: ...ed PPSFREQ ro ro Bits 31 4 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 3 0 PPSFREQ PPS frequency selection The PPS output frequency is set to 2PPSFREQ Hz 0000 1 Hz with a pulse width of 125 ms for binar...

Page 1215: ...urst accessing the data buffer s start address is not aligned but subsequent bursts are aligned to the address Bit 24 FPM 4xPBL mode When set high this bit multiplies the PBL value programmed bits 22...

Page 1216: ...lue is applicable for TxDMA transactions only The PBL values have the following limitations The maximum number of beats PBL possible is limited by the size of the Tx FIFO and Rx FIFO The FIFO has a co...

Page 1217: ...bits low Writing to the ETH_DMARDLAR register is permitted only when reception is stopped When stopped the ETH_DMARDLAR register must be written to before the receive Start command is given 31 30 29...

Page 1218: ...gister bits are not cleared when read Writing 1 to unreserved bits in ETH_DMASR register 16 0 clears them and writing 0 has no effect Each field bits 16 0 can be masked by masking the appropriate bit...

Page 1219: ...rror response on the AHB interface Valid only with the fatal bus error bit ETH_DMASR register 13 set This field does not generate an interrupt Bit 231 Error during data transfer by TxDMA 0 Error durin...

Page 1220: ...sticky bit and it must be cleared each time a corresponding bit that causes AIS to be set is cleared Bit 14 ERS Early receive status This bit indicates that the DMA had filled the first data buffer o...

Page 1221: ...ES0 11 Bit 3 TJTS Transmit jabber timeout status This bit indicates that the transmit jabber timer expired meaning that the transmitter had been excessively active The transmission process is aborted...

Page 1222: ...process suspended on page 1172 Bits 23 22 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 21 TSF Transmit store and forward When this bit is set transmission starts when a full frame resides in the Transmit...

Page 1223: ...ts 12 8 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 7 FEF Forward error frames When this bit is set all frames except runt error frames are forwarded to the DMA When this bit is cleared the Rx FIFO drops...

Page 1224: ...register or the position retained when the receive process was previously stopped If no descriptor is owned by the DMA reception is suspended and the receive buffer unavailable bit ETH_DMASR 7 is set...

Page 1225: ...en this bit is set an abnormal interrupt is enabled When this bit is cleared an abnormal interrupt is disabled This bit enables the following bits ETH_DMASR 1 Transmit process stopped ETH_DMASR 3 Tran...

Page 1226: ...leared the receive interrupt is disabled Bit 5 TUIE Underflow interrupt enable When this bit is set with the abnormal interrupt summary enable bit ETH_DMAIER register 15 the transmit underflow interru...

Page 1227: ..._ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r rc_ r Bits 31 29 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 28 OFOC Overflow bit for FIFO overflow counter Bits 27 17 MFA Missed frames by...

Page 1228: ...ost transmit buffer address register points to the current transmit buffer address being read by the DMA 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 HTDAP r r...

Page 1229: ...6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0x00 ETH_MACCR Reserved CSTF eserved WD JD Reserved IFG CSD Reserved FES ROD LM DM IPCO RD Reserved APCS BL DC TE RE Reserved Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x04 ETH_...

Page 1230: ...0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0x4C ETH_MACA1LR MACA1L Reset value 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0x50 ETH_MACA2HR AE SA MBC Reserved MACA2H Reset value 0 0 0 0...

Page 1231: ...TSSIPV6FE TSSPTPOEFE TSPTPPSV2E TSSSR TSSARFE Reserved TTSARU TSITE TSSTU TSSTI TSFCU TSE Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x704 ETH_PTPSSIR Reserved STSSI Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x7...

Page 1232: ...t value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x1018 ETH_DMAOMR Reserved DTCEFD RSF DFRF Reserved TSF FTF Reserve d TTC ST Reserved FEF FUGF Reserved RTC OSF SR Reserved Reset value 0...

Page 1233: ...pports both device and host functions and is fully compliant with the On The Go Supplement to the USB 2 0 Specification It can also be configured as a host only or device only controller fully complia...

Page 1234: ...Configurable end of frame interrupt It includes power saving features such as system stop during USB Suspend switch off of clock domains internal to the digital core PHY and DFIFO power management It...

Page 1235: ...ulk Interrupt or Isochronous transfers Management of a shared Rx FIFO and a Tx OUT FIFO for efficient usage of the USB data RAM Management of up to 4 dedicated Tx IN FIFOs one for each active IN EP to...

Page 1236: ...ll speed subset of the UTMI Bus UTMIFS It provides the physical support to USB connectivity The full speed OTG PHY includes the following components FS LS transceiver module used by both host and devi...

Page 1237: ...is connected with a grounded ID the OTG_FS issues an ID line status change interrupt CIDSCHG bit in OTG_FS_GINTSTS for host software initialization and automatically switches to the host role In this...

Page 1238: ...tches the OTG_FS to its peripheral role B device If the ID line is present functional and connected to the B side of the USB cable and the HNP capable bit in the Global USB Configuration register HNPC...

Page 1239: ...l full speed device connection to the host and generates the session request interrupt SRQINT bit in OTG_FS_GINTSTS to notify the powered state The VBUS input also ensures that valid VBUS levels are s...

Page 1240: ...ended state The suspended state may optionally be exited by the device itself In this case the application sets the remote wakeup signaling bit in the device control register RWUSIG bit in OTG_FS_DCTL...

Page 1241: ...gh the device endpoint x IN OUT control register DIEPCTLx DOEPCTLx Endpoint enable disable Endpoint activate in current configuration Program USB transfer type isochronous bulk interrupt Program suppo...

Page 1242: ...point was not yet enabled Babble error condition has been detected Endpoint disable by application is effective Endpoint NAK by application is effective isochronous in only More than 3 back to back se...

Page 1243: ...1 SRP capable host SRP support is available through the SRP capable bit in the global USB configuration register SRPCAP bit in OTG_FS_GUSBCFG With the SRP feature enabled the host can save power by sw...

Page 1244: ...in OTG_FS_HPRT Host detection of peripheral a disconnection The peripheral disconnection event triggers the disconnect detected interrupt DISCINT bit in OTG_FS_GINTSTS Host enumeration After detectin...

Page 1245: ...er completed and channel halted interrupts Each host channel can be configured to support in out and any type of periodic nonperiodic transaction Each host channel makes us of proper control HCCHARx t...

Page 1246: ...r false EOP Babble error fraMe overrun dAta toggle error 34 6 4 Host scheduler The host core features a built in hardware scheduler which is able to autonomously re order and manage the USB transactio...

Page 1247: ...riodic nonperiodic request queue by reading the PTXQSAV bits in the OTG_FS_HNPTXSTS register or NPTQXSAV bits in the OTG_FS_HNPTXSTS register 34 7 SOF trigger Figure 390 SOF connectivity The OTG FS co...

Page 1248: ...feature and the timer can be triggered by the SOF pulse The TIM2 connection is enabled through the ITR1_RMP bits of the TIM2 option register TIM2_OR The end of periodic frame interrupt GINTSTS EOPF is...

Page 1249: ...rastically reduce the overall power consumption by a complete shut down of all the clock sources in the system USB System Stop is activated by first setting the Stop PHY clock bit and then configuring...

Page 1250: ...FIFO that receives the data directed to all OUT endpoints Received packets are stacked back to back until free space is available in the Rx FIFO The status of the received packet which contains the O...

Page 1251: ...IEPTXFx for IN endpoint x 34 12 Host FIFO architecture Figure 393 Host mode FIFO address mapping and AHB FIFO access mapping 34 12 1 Host Rx FIFO The host uses one receiver FIFO for all periodic and n...

Page 1252: ...iodic nonperiodic transactions in the OUT direction share the same RAM buffer shared FIFOs The OTG FS core can fill in the periodic nonperiodic transmit FIFO up to the limit for any sequence of OUT to...

Page 1253: ...t Packet Size 4 1 spaces are recommended so that when the previous packet is being transferred to the CPU the USB can receive the subsequent packet Along with the last packet in the host channel trans...

Page 1254: ...with the data coming from the USB As the OTG_FS core is able to fill in the 1 25 Kbyte RAM buffer very efficiently and as 1 25 Kbyte of transmit receive data is more than enough to cover a full speed...

Page 1255: ...ied as follows Core global registers Host mode registers Host global registers 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 10 9 8 7 3 2 1 0 AND OR Interrupt Global interrupt mask Bit 0 AHB configuration re...

Page 1256: ...host port control and status registers can be accessed in both host and device modes When the OTG_FS controller is operating in one mode either device or host the application must not access registers...

Page 1257: ...nnel 1 FIFO 4 Kbyte 3000h Device EP x 1 1 Host channel x 1 1 FIFO 4 Kbyte Device EP x 1 Host channel x 1 FIFO 4 Kbyte Reserved DFIFO push pop to this region 2 0000h 3 FFFFh Direct access to data FIFO...

Page 1258: ...core ID register OTG_FS_CID on page 1281 OTG_FS_HPTXFSIZ 0x100 OTG_FS Host periodic transmit FIFO size register OTG_FS_HPTXFSIZ on page 1282 OTG_FS_DIEPTXFx 0x104 0x124 0x138 OTG_FS device IN endpoint...

Page 1259: ...d status registers Acronym Offset address Register name OTG_FS_DCFG 0x800 OTG_FS device configuration register OTG_FS_DCFG on page 1293 OTG_FS_DCTL 0x804 OTG_FS device control register OTG_FS_DCTL on...

Page 1260: ...size register OTG_FS_DIEPTSIZ0 on page 1310 OTG_FS_DTXFSTSx 0x918 OTG_FS device IN endpoint transmit FIFO status register OTG_FS_DTXFSTSx x 0 3 where x Endpoint_number on page 1313 OTG_FS_DIEPTSIZx 0...

Page 1261: ...nt 0 Host IN Channel 0 DFIFO Read Access 0x1000 0x1FFC w r Device IN Endpoint 1 Host OUT Channel 1 DFIFO Write Access Device OUT Endpoint 1 Host IN Channel 1 DFIFO Read Access 0x2000 0x2FFC w r Device...

Page 1262: ...ed must be kept at reset value Bit 19 BSVLD B session valid Indicates the device mode transceiver status 0 B session is not valid 1 B session is valid In OTG mode you can use this bit to determine if...

Page 1263: ...negotiation success The core sets this bit when host negotiation is successful The core clears this bit when the HNP Request HNPRQ bit in this register is set 0 Host negotiation failure 1 Host negotia...

Page 1264: ...out while waiting for the B device to connect Note Accessible in both device and host modes Bit 17 HNGDET Host negotiation detected The core sets this bit when it detects a host negotiation request o...

Page 1265: ...errupt indicates that the Periodic TxFIFO is completely empty Note Only accessible in host mode Bit 7 TXFELVL TxFIFO empty level In device mode this bit indicates when IN endpoint Transmit FIFO empty...

Page 1266: ...irrespective of the OTG_FS_ID input pin 0 Normal mode 1 Force device mode After setting the force bit the application must wait at least 25 ms before the change takes effect Note Accessible in both de...

Page 1267: ...reset value Bits 2 0 TOCAL FS timeout calibration The number of PHY clocks that the application programs in this field is added to the full speed interpacket timeout duration in the core to account fo...

Page 1268: ...ush in device mode 10000 Flush all the transmit FIFOs in device or host mode Note Accessible in both device and host modes Bit 5 TXFFLSH TxFIFO flush This bit selectively flushes a single or all trans...

Page 1269: ...lears the interrupts and all the CSR register bits except for the following bits RSTPDMODL bit in OTG_FS_PCGCCTL GAYEHCLK bit in OTG_FS_PCGCCTL PWRCLMP bit in OTG_FS_PCGCCTL STPPCLK bit in OTG_FS_PCGC...

Page 1270: ...SOF OTGINT MMIS CMOD rc_w1 r r r Res rc_w1 r r rc_w1 r r r r rc_w1 r rc_w1 r Bit 31 WKUPINT Resume remote wakeup detected interrupt In device mode this interrupt is asserted when a resume is detected...

Page 1271: ...ster Bit 20 IISOIXFR Incomplete isochronous IN transfer The core sets this interrupt to indicate that there is at least one isochronous IN endpoint on which the transfer is not completed in the curren...

Page 1272: ...NAK bit in the OTG_FS_DCTL register SGONAK bit in OTG_FS_DCTL set by the application has taken effect in the core This bit can be cleared by writing the Clear global OUT NAK bit in the OTG_FS_DCTL re...

Page 1273: ...ent The application must read the OTG Interrupt Status OTG_FS_GOTGINT register to determine the exact event that caused this interrupt The application must clear the appropriate status bit in the OTG_...

Page 1274: ...rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 WUIM Resume remote wakeup detected interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Accessible in both host and device modes Bit 30 SRQIM...

Page 1275: ...accessible in device mode Bit 18 IEPINT IN endpoints interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Only accessible in device mode Bit 17 EPMISM Endpoint mismatch interrupt mask 0 Masked...

Page 1276: ...interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Only accessible in device mode Bit 5 NPTXFEM Non periodic TxFIFO empty mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Only accessible in Host mode Bit 4 RXFLVLM...

Page 1277: ...only pop the Receive Status FIFO when the Receive FIFO non empty bit of the Core interrupt register RXFLVL bit in OTG_FS_GINTSTS is asserted Host mode 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16...

Page 1278: ...the received packet 0001 Global OUT NAK triggers an interrupt 0010 OUT data packet received 0011 OUT transfer completed triggers an interrupt 0100 SETUP transaction completed triggers an interrupt 011...

Page 1279: ...8 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NPTXFD TX0FD NPTXFSA TX0FSA r rw r rw Bits 31 16 NPTXFD Non periodic TxFIFO depth This value is in terms of 32 bit words Min...

Page 1280: ...uest queue space available Indicates the amount of free space available in the non periodic transmit request queue This queue holds both IN and OUT requests in host mode Device mode has only IN reques...

Page 1281: ...ications 0 VBUS sensing available by hardware 1 VBUS sensing not available by hardware Bit 20 SOFOUTEN SOF output enable 0 SOF pulse not available on PAD 1 SOF pulse available on PAD Bit 19 VBUSBSEN E...

Page 1282: ...bit words Minimum value is 16 Bits 15 0 PTXSA Host periodic TxFIFO start address The power on reset value of this register is the sum of the largest Rx data FIFO depth and largest non periodic Tx data...

Page 1283: ...21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved FSLSS FSLSPCS r rw rw Bits 31 3 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 2 FSLSS FS and LS only support The application uses this bit t...

Page 1284: ...bit of the host port control and status register PENA bit in OTG_FS_HPRT has been set If no value is programmed the core calculates the value based on the PHY clock specified in the FS LS PHY Clock S...

Page 1285: ...endpoint number Bits 26 25 Type 00 IN OUT 01 Zero length packet 11 Disable channel command Bit 24 Terminate last entry for the selected channel endpoint Bits 23 16 PTXQSAV Periodic transmit request q...

Page 1286: ...through the host port interrupt bit of the core interrupt register HPRTINT bit in OTG_FS_GINTSTS On a Port Interrupt the application must read this register and clear the bit that caused the interrupt...

Page 1287: ...e clearing the bit even though there is no maximum limit set by the USB standard Bit 7 PSUSP Port suspend The application sets this bit to put this port in Suspend mode The core only stops sending SOF...

Page 1288: ...he core after a reset sequence and is disabled by an overcurrent condition a disconnect condition or by the application clearing this bit The application cannot set this bit by a register write It can...

Page 1289: ...d Bit 29 ODDFRM Odd frame This field is set reset by the application to indicate that the OTG host must perform a transfer in an odd frame This field is applicable for only periodic isochronous and in...

Page 1290: ..._GINTSTS registers Bit 15 EPDIR Endpoint direction Indicates whether the transaction is IN or OUT 0 OUT 1 IN Bits 14 11 EPNUM Endpoint number Indicates the endpoint number on the device serving as the...

Page 1291: ...15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved DTERRM FRMORM BBERRM TXERRM NYET ACKM NAKM STALLM Reserved CHHM XFRCM rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 11 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1...

Page 1292: ...pplication programs this field with the type of PID to use for the initial transaction The host maintains this field for the rest of the transfer 00 DATA0 01 DATA2 10 DATA1 11 MDATA non control SETUP...

Page 1293: ...of the frame interval Bits 10 4 DAD Device address The application must program this field after every SetAddress control command Bit 3 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 2 NZLSOHSK Non zero len...

Page 1294: ...this bit only after making sure that the Global OUT NAK effective bit in the Core interrupt register GONAKEFF bit in OTG_FS_GINTSTS is cleared Bit 8 CGINAK Clear global IN NAK A write to this field cl...

Page 1295: ...d and the device does not receive signals on the USB The core stays in the disconnected state until the application clears this bit 0 Normal operation When this bit is cleared after a soft disconnect...

Page 1296: ...ed speed Indicates the speed at which the OTG_FS controller has come up after speed detection through a chirp sequence 01 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Full speed PHY clock is running at 48 MHz Others reser...

Page 1297: ...reset value Bit 1 EPDM Endpoint disabled interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bit 0 XFRCM Transfer completed interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt 31 30 29 28 27 26...

Page 1298: ...he OTG_FS_DAINTMSK register works with the Device endpoint interrupt register to interrupt the application when an event occurs on a device endpoint However the OTG_FS_DAINT register bit corresponding...

Page 1299: ...21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved VBUSDT rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 0 VBUSDT Device VBUS di...

Page 1300: ...point disabled Transfer completed Bit 30 EPDIS Endpoint disable The application sets this bit to stop transmitting data on an endpoint even before the transfer for that endpoint is complete The applic...

Page 1301: ...esponds to SETUP data packets with an ACK handshake Bit 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 15 USBAEP USB active endpoint This bit is always set to 1 indicating that control endpoint 0 is alwa...

Page 1302: ...The core can also set this bit for OUT endpoints on a Transfer completed interrupt or after a SETUP is received on the endpoint Bit 26 CNAK Clear NAK A write to this bit clears the NAK bit for the en...

Page 1303: ...in which it intends to transmit receive isochronous data for this endpoint using the SEVNFRM and SODDFRM fields in this register 0 Even frame 1 Odd frame DPID Endpoint data PID Applies to interrupt b...

Page 1304: ...its 29 28 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 27 SNAK Set NAK A write to this bit sets the NAK bit for the endpoint Using this bit the application can control the transmission of NAK handshakes o...

Page 1305: ...ke Bit 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 15 USBAEP USB active endpoint This bit is always set to 1 indicating that a control endpoint 0 is always active in all configurations and interfaces...

Page 1306: ...ng this bit the application can control the transmission of NAK handshakes on an endpoint The core can also set this bit for OUT endpoints on a Transfer Completed interrupt or after a SETUP is receive...

Page 1307: ...his endpoint using the SEVNFRM and SODDFRM fields in this register 0 Even frame 1 Odd frame DPID Endpoint data PID Applies to interrupt bulk OUT endpoints only Contains the PID of the packet to be rec...

Page 1308: ...ly empty status is determined by the TxFIFO Empty Level bit in the OTG_FS_GAHBCFG register TXFELVL bit in OTG_FS_GAHBCFG Bit 6 INEPNE IN endpoint NAK effective This bit can be cleared when the applica...

Page 1309: ...rc_ w1 rc_ w1 Bits 31 7 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 6 B2BSTUP Back to back SETUP packets received Applies to control OUT endpoint only This bit indicates that the core has received more t...

Page 1310: ...13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved PKTCNT Reserved XFRSIZ rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 21 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 20 19 PKTCNT Packet count Indicates the total number of...

Page 1311: ...PKTCNT Reserved XFRSIZ rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 30 29 STUPCNT SETUP packet count This field specifies the number of back to back SETUP data packet...

Page 1312: ...rw Bit 31 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 30 29 MCNT Multi count For periodic IN endpoints this field indicates the number of packets that must be transmitted per frame on the USB The core u...

Page 1313: ...ister once the core has cleared the Endpoint enable bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved INEPTFSAV r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 31 16 R...

Page 1314: ...the maximum packet size of the endpoint to be interrupted at the end of each packet The core decrements this field every time a packet is read from the RxFIFO and written to the external memory 31 30...

Page 1315: ...0 0x010 OTG_FS_GRS TCTL AHBIDL Reserved TXFNUM RXFFLSH Reserved FCRST HSRST CSRST Reset value 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x014 OTG_FS_GIN TSTS WKUINT SRQINT DISCINT CIDSCHG Reserved PTXFE HCINT HPRTINT Re...

Page 1316: ...0 0 0 0x100 OTG_FS_HPT XFSIZ PTXFSIZ PTXSA Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0x104 OTG_FS_DIE PTXF1 INEPTXFD INEPTXSA Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 1317: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x580 OTG_FS_HCC HAR4 CHENA CHDIS ODDFRM DAD MCN T EPTYP LSDEV Reserved EPDIR EPNUM MPSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 1318: ...value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x50C OTG_FS_HCI NTMSK0 Reserved DTERRM FRMORM BBERRM TXERRM NYET ACKM NAKM STALLM Reserved CHHM XFRCM Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x52C OTG_FS_HCI NTMSK1 Reserved DTERRM...

Page 1319: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x590 OTG_FS_HCT SIZ4 Reserved DPID PKTCNT XFRSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x5B0 OTG_FS_HCT SIZ5 Reserved DPID PKTCNT XFRSIZ Rese...

Page 1320: ...IS Reserved SNAK CNAK TXFNUM Stall Reserved EPT YP NAKSTS Reserved USBAEP Reserved MPSI Z Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0x918 TG_FS_DTXF STS0 Reserved INEPTFSAV Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0...

Page 1321: ...ODDFRM SD0PID SEVNFRM SNAK CNAK Reserved Stall SNPM EPTYP NAKSTS EONUM DPID USBAEP Reserved MPSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0xB60 OTG_FS_DOE PCTL3 EPENA EPDIS SODDFRM...

Page 1322: ...0 0 0x950 OTG_FS_DIE PTSIZ2 Reserved MCN T PKTCNT XFRSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x970 OTG_FS_DIE PTSIZ3 Reserved MCN T PKTCNT XFRSIZ Reset value 0 0...

Page 1323: ...ion Memory map for the register boundary addresses 0xE00 OTG_FS_PCG CCTL Reserved PHYSUSP Reserved GATEHCLK STPPCLK Reset value Table 202 OTG_FS register map and reset values continued Offset Register...

Page 1324: ...follow the initialization sequence irrespective of host or device mode operation All core global registers are initialized according to the core s configuration 1 Program the following fields in the...

Page 1325: ...ister to select the size and the start address of the Non periodic transmit FIFO for non periodic transactions 14 Program the OTG_FS_HPTXFSIZ register to select the size and start address of the perio...

Page 1326: ...ding short packets The application must program the PID field with the initial data PID to be used on the first OUT transaction or to be expected from the first IN transaction 6 Program the OTG_FS_HCC...

Page 1327: ...s Writing the transmit FIFO The OTG_FS host automatically writes an entry OUT request to the periodic non periodic request queue along with the last DWORD write of a packet The application must ensure...

Page 1328: ...ckets transfer size 1 024 bytes The non periodic transmit FIFO can hold two packets 128 bytes for FS The non periodic request queue depth 4 Normal bulk and control OUT SETUP operations The sequence of...

Page 1329: ...UP and bulk control IN transactions a Bulk Control OUT SETUP Unmask NAK TXERR STALL XFRC ACK Host Application Device AHB USB OUT DATA0 MPS 1 MPS 1 MPS write_tx_fifo ch_1 init_reg ch_1 set_ch_en ch_2 i...

Page 1330: ...ACK else Reset Error Count else if CHH Mask CHH if Transfer Done or Error_count 3 De allocate Channel else Re initialize Channel else if ACK Reset Error Count Mask ACK The application is expected to...

Page 1331: ...lse if DTERR Reset Error Count The application is expected to write the requests as and when the Request queue space is available and until the XFRC interrupt is received Bulk and control IN transacti...

Page 1332: ...ne the number of bytes received then read the receive FIFO accordingly Following this unmask the RXFLVL interrupt ACK Host Application Device AHB USB OUT DATA0 MPS 1 MPS 1 MPS write_tx_fifo ch_1 init_...

Page 1333: ...e transfers Setup Data or Status stage OUT transactions are performed similarly to the bulk OUT transactions explained previously Data or Status stage IN transactions are performed similarly to the bu...

Page 1334: ...ication Device AHB USB OUT DATA0 MPS 1 MPS 1 MPS write_tx_fifo ch_1 init_reg ch_1 set_ch_en ch_2 init_reg ch_2 write_tx_fifo ch_1 IN OUT DATA1 MPS Periodic Request Queue Assume that this queue can hol...

Page 1335: ...H if Transfer Done or Error_count 3 De allocate Channel else Re initialize Channel in next b_interval 1 Frame else if ACK Reset Error Count Mask ACK The application uses the NPTXFE interrupt in OTG_FS...

Page 1336: ...able Channel if STALL or BBERR Reset Error Count Transfer Done 1 else if FRMOR Reset Error Count else if TXERR Increment Error Count Unmask ACK Unmask CHH Disable Channel else if CHH Mask CHH if Trans...

Page 1337: ...ts to send an IN token in the next odd frame e As soon as the IN packet is received and written to the receive FIFO the OTG_FS host generates an RXFLVL interrupt f In response to the RXFLVL interrupt...

Page 1338: ...The periodic transmit FIFO can hold one packet 1 KB Periodic request queue depth 4 The sequence of operations is as follows a Initialize and enable channel 1 The application must set the ODDFRM bit i...

Page 1339: ...ce AHB USB OUT DATA0 MPS 1 MPS 1 MPS write_tx_fifo ch_1 init_reg ch_1 set_ch_en ch_2 init_reg ch_2 write_tx_fifo ch_1 IN OUT DATA1 MPS Periodic Request Queue Assume that this queue can hold 4 entries...

Page 1340: ...s IN Unmask TXERR XFRC FRMOR BBERR if XFRC or FRMOR if XFRC and OTG_FS_HCTSIZx PKTCNT 0 Reset Error Count De allocate Channel else Unmask CHH Disable Channel else if TXERR or BBERR Increment Error Cou...

Page 1341: ...n must read and ignore the receive packet status when the receive packet status is not an IN data packet PKTSTS bit in OTG_FS_GRXSTSR 0b0010 h The core generates an XFRC interrupt as soon as the recei...

Page 1342: ...bits INEP0 1 in OTG_FS_DAINTMSK control 0 IN endpoint OUTEP0 1 in OTG_FS_DAINTMSK control 0 OUT endpoint STUP 1 in DOEPMSK XFRC 1 in DOEPMSK XFRC 1 in DIEPMSK TOC 1 in DIEPMSK 3 Set up the Data FIFO R...

Page 1343: ...endpoints that were active in the prior configuration or alternate setting are not valid in the new configuration or alternate setting These invalid endpoints must be deactivated 4 Unmask the interru...

Page 1344: ...on can mask the RXFLVL interrupt in OTG_FS_GINTSTS by writing to RXFLVL 0 in OTG_FS_GINTMSK until it has read the packet from the receive FIFO 3 If the received packet s byte count is not 0 the byte c...

Page 1345: ...O packet read SETUP transactions This section describes how the core handles SETUP packets and the application s sequence for handling SETUP transactions Application requirements 1 To receive a SETUP...

Page 1346: ...e core internally sets the IN NAK and OUT NAK bits for the control IN OUT endpoints on which the SETUP packet was received 6 For every SETUP packet received on the USB 3 Words of data are written to t...

Page 1347: ...FIFO Irrespective of the space availability in the receive FIFO non isochronous OUT tokens receive a NAK handshake response and the core ignores isochronous OUT data packets 2 The core writes the Glob...

Page 1348: ...earlier it must be unmasked as follows GINAKEFFM 1 in GINTMSK Disabling an OUT endpoint The application must use this sequence to disable an OUT endpoint that it has enabled Application programming s...

Page 1349: ...cket on the USB the core discards non isochronous OUT data packets that the host which cannot detect the ACK re sends The application does not detect multiple back to back data OUT packets on the same...

Page 1350: ...acket count fields must always be set to the number of maximum packet size packets that can be received in a single frame and no more Isochronous OUT data transfers cannot span more than 1 frame 3 The...

Page 1351: ...XDPID D1 in OTG_FS_DOEPTSIZx and the number of USB packets in which this payload was received 2 RXDPID D2 in OTG_FS_DOEPTSIZx and the number of USB packets in which this payload was received 3 The num...

Page 1352: ...previous step must be performed before the SOF interrupt in OTG_FS_GINTSTS is detected to ensure that the current frame number is not changed 5 For isochronous OUT endpoints with incomplete transfers...

Page 1353: ...he core internally sets the NAK bit for this endpoint to prevent it from receiving any more packets 5 The application processes the interrupt and reads the data from the RxFIFO 6 When the application...

Page 1354: ...ndpoint NAK Internal data flow 1 When the application sets the IN NAK for a particular endpoint the core stops transmitting data on the endpoint irrespective of data availability in the endpoint s tra...

Page 1355: ...rupt in OTG_FS_DIEPINTx indicates that the core has completely disabled the specified endpoint Along with the assertion of the interrupt the core also clears the following bits EPENA 0 in OTG_FS_DIEPC...

Page 1356: ...the application must read the Transfer size register to determine how much data posted in the transmit FIFO have already been sent on the USB 4 Data fetched into transmit FIFO Application programmed i...

Page 1357: ...ro length data packet the application must poll the OTG_FS_DTXFSTSx register where x is the FIFO number associated with that endpoint to determine whether there is enough space in the data FIFO The ap...

Page 1358: ...FIFO mode for the frame is not present in the FIFO then the core generates an IN token received when TxFIFO empty interrupt for the endpoint A zero length data packet is transmitted on the USB for iso...

Page 1359: ...ad is written to the FIFO In this case the application detects an IN token received when TxFIFO empty interrupt in OTG_FS_DIEPINTx The application can ignore this interrupt as it eventually results in...

Page 1360: ...L bit must be set or cleared before the application sets up the Status stage transfer on the control endpoint Special case stalling the control OUT endpoint The core must stall IN OUT tokens if during...

Page 1361: ...an IN token this information token received is synchronized to the AHB clock by the PFC the PFC runs on the AHB clock The PFC then reads the data from the SPRAM and writes them into the dual clock sou...

Page 1362: ...turns off VBUS to conserve power SRP is a method by which the B device signals the A device to turn on VBUS power A device must perform both data line pulsing and VBUS pulsing but a host can detect e...

Page 1363: ...device must detect SE0 for at least 2 ms to start SRP when VBUS power is off 4 To initiate SRP the device turns on its data line pull up resistor for 5 to 10 ms The OTG_FS controller detects data lin...

Page 1364: ...the USB suspend bit in the Core interrupt register The OTG_FS controller informs the PHY to discharge VBUS 2 The PHY indicates the session s end to the device This is the initial condition for SRP Th...

Page 1365: ...host role from the A device to the B device The application must set the HNP capable bit in the Core USB configuration register to enable the OTG_FS controller to perform HNP as an A device Figure 40...

Page 1366: ...e mode operation 4 The B device detects the connection issues a USB reset and enumerates the OTG_FS controller for data traffic 5 The B device continues the host role initiating traffic and suspends t...

Page 1367: ...pt register after 3 ms of bus idleness Following this the OTG_FS controller sets the USB suspend bit in the Core interrupt register The OTG_FS controller disconnects and the A device detects SE0 on th...

Page 1368: ...witches back to the host role The OTG_FS controller deasserts the DP pull down and DM pull down in the PHY to indicate the assumption of the device role 6 The application must read the current mode bi...

Page 1369: ...ly compliant with the On The Go Supplement to the USB 2 0 Specification It can also be configured as a host only or peripheral only controller fully compliant with the USB 2 0 Specification In host mo...

Page 1370: ...HS FS low speed host A device An USB OTG FS dual role device It supports HS FS SOFs as well as low speed LS keep alive tokens with SOF pulse PAD output capability SOF pulse internal connection to tim...

Page 1371: ...X FIFO and a nonperiodic TX FIFO for efficient usage of the USB data RAM It features dynamic trimming capability of SOF framing period in host mode 35 2 3 Peripheral mode features The OTG_HS interface...

Page 1372: ...he ID line for A B Device identification DP DM integrated pull up and pull down resistors controlled by the OTG_HS core depending on the current role of the device As a peripheral it enables the DP pu...

Page 1373: ...f the A side of the USB cable is connected with a grounded ID the OTG_HS issues an ID line status change interrupt CIDSCHG bit in the OTG_HS_GINTSTS register for host software initialization and autom...

Page 1374: ...er SRPCAP bit in OTG_HS_GUSBCFG configures the OTG_HS to support the session request protocol SRP As a result it allows the remote A device to save power by switching VBUS off when the USB session is...

Page 1375: ...e can also exit from the Suspended state by itself In this case the application sets the remote wakeup signaling bit in the device control register RWUSIG bit in OTG_HS_DCTL and clears it after 1 to 1...

Page 1376: ...CTLx Endpoint enable disable Endpoint activation in current configuration Program the USB transfer type isochronous bulk interrupt Program the supported packet size Program the Tx FIFO number associat...

Page 1377: ...the appropriate bit in this register to clear the corresponding bits in the DAINT and GINTSTS registers The peripheral core provides the following status checks and interrupt generation Transfer compl...

Page 1378: ...V VBUS line The external charge pump can be driven by any GPIO output This is required for the OTG A host A device and host only configurations The VBUS input ensures that valid VBUS levels are suppli...

Page 1379: ...a host port interrupt triggered by the device connected bit in the host port control and status PCDET bit in OTG_FS_HPRT Detection of peripheral disconnection by the host The peripheral disconnection...

Page 1380: ...ore than 8 transfer requests are pending from the application the host controller driver HCD must re allocate channels when they become available that is after receiving the transfer completed and cha...

Page 1381: ...eceived USB transaction error due to CRC failure timeout bit stuff error false EOP Babble error Frame overrun Data toggle error 35 6 4 Host scheduler The host core features a built in hardware schedul...

Page 1382: ...d peripheral It also features an SOF pulse output connectivity These capabilities are particularly useful to implement adaptive audio clock generation techniques where the audio peripheral needs to sy...

Page 1383: ...configuration register SOFOUTEN bit in OTG_HS_GCCFG The SOF pulse signal is also internally connected to the TIM2 input trigger so that the input capture feature the output compare feature and the ti...

Page 1384: ...eiver is also disabled and only the part in charge of detecting the asynchronous resume or remote wakeup event is kept alive Gate HCLK GATEHCLK bit in OTG_HS_PCGCCTL When setting the Gate HCLK bit in...

Page 1385: ...ck packets Typically two Largest Packet Size 4 1 spaces are recommended so that when the previous packet is being transferred to AHB the USB can receive the subsequent packet Along with each endpoints...

Page 1386: ...ubsequent packet The minimum amount of RAM required for Host periodic Transmit FIFO is the largest maximum packet size for all supported periodic OUT channels If there is at least one High Bandwidth I...

Page 1387: ...Core interrupt mask register OTG interrupt register Core interrupt register 1 Device IN OUT endpoint interrupt registers 0 to 5 Device all endpoints interrupt register 21 16 OUT endpoints 5 0 IN endp...

Page 1388: ...ng Data FIFO access and host port control and status registers can be accessed in both host and peripheral modes When the OTG_HS controller is operating in one mode either peripheral or host the appli...

Page 1389: ...this region 2 0000h 3 FFFFh Direct access to data FIFO RAM for debugging 128 Kbyte DFIFO debug read write to this region ai15615b Table 203 Core global control and status registers CSRs Acronym Addres...

Page 1390: ...periodic transmit FIFO size register OTG_HS_HPTXFSIZ on page 1417 OTG_HS_DIEPTXFx 0x104 0x124 0x13C OTG_HS device IN endpoint transmit FIFO size register OTG_HS_DIEPTXFx x 1 7 where x is the FIFO_numb...

Page 1391: ...30 Table 204 Host mode control and status registers CSRs continued Acronym Offset address Register name Table 205 Device mode control and status registers Acronym Offset address Register name OTG_HS_D...

Page 1392: ...IZ0 on page 1453 OTG_HS_DIEPDMAx 0x914 OTG_HS device endpoint x DMA address register OTG_HS_DIEPDMAx OTG_HS_DOEPDMAx x 1 5 where x Endpoint_number on page 1457 OTG_HS_DTXFSTSx 0x918 OTG_HS device IN e...

Page 1393: ...y unless otherwise specified OTG_HS control and status register OTG_HS_GOTGCTL Address offset 0x000 Reset value 0x0000 0800 The OTG control and status register controls the behavior and reflects the s...

Page 1394: ...ime of a detected connection 0 Long debounce time used for physical connections 100 ms 2 5 s 1 Short debounce time used for soft connections 2 5 s Note Only accessible in host mode Bit 16 CIDSTS Conne...

Page 1395: ...7 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1 SRQ Session request The application sets this bit to initiate a session request on the USB The application can clear this bit by writing a 0 when the hos...

Page 1396: ...essible in both peripheral and host modes Bits 16 10 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 9 HNSSCHG Host negotiation success status change The core sets this bit on the success or failure of a USB...

Page 1397: ...TxFIFO is half empty 1 PTXFE in OTG_HS_GINTSTS interrupt indicates that the Periodic TxFIFO is completely empty Note Only accessible in host mode Bit 7 TXFELVL TxFIFO empty level In peripheral mode th...

Page 1398: ...Forced peripheral mode After setting the force bit the application must wait at least 25 ms before the change takes effect Note Accessible in both peripheral and host modes Bit 29 FHMOD Forced host mo...

Page 1399: ...carkit modes 0 PHY powers down the internal clock during suspend 1 PHY does not power down the internal clock Bit 18 ULPIAR ULPI Auto resume This bit sets the AutoResume bit in the interface control r...

Page 1400: ...e Bit 6 PHSEL USB 2 0 high speed ULPI PHY or USB 1 1 full speed serial transceiver select 0 USB 2 0 high speed ULPI PHY 1 USB 1 1 full speed serial transceiver Bits 5 3 Reserved must be kept at reset...

Page 1401: ...flushed using the TxFIFO Flush bit This field must not be changed until the core clears the TxFIFO Flush bit 00000 Nonperiodic TxFIFO flush in host mode Tx FIFO 0 flush in peripheral mode 00001 Period...

Page 1402: ...ddle of a transaction The application must only write to this bit after checking that the core is neither reading from the RxFIFO nor writing to the RxFIFO The application must wait until the bit is c...

Page 1403: ...lears the interrupts and all the CSR register bits except for the following bits RSTPDMODL bit in OTG_HS_PCGCCTL GAYEHCLK bit in OTG_HS_PCGCCTL PWRCLMP bit in OTG_HS_PCGCCTL STPPCLK bit in OTG_HS_PCGC...

Page 1404: ...SOF OTGINT MMIS CMOD rc_w1 r r r rc_w1 r r rc_w1 r r r r rc_w1 r rc_w1 r Bit 31 WKUPINT Resume remote wakeup detected interrupt In peripheral mode this interrupt is asserted when a resume is detected...

Page 1405: ...Sets a global nonperiodic IN NAK handshake Disables IN endpoints Flushes the FIFO Determines the token sequence from the IN token sequence learning queue Re enables the endpoints Clears the global non...

Page 1406: ...te Only accessible in peripheral mode Bits 17 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 15 EOPF End of periodic frame interrupt Indicates that the period specified in the periodic frame interval fie...

Page 1407: ...le in host mode Bit 4 RXFLVL RxFIFO nonempty Indicates that there is at least one packet pending to be read from the RxFIFO Note Accessible in both host and peripheral modes Bit 3 SOF Start of frame I...

Page 1408: ...rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 WUIM Resume remote wakeup detected interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Accessible in both host and peripheral modes Bit 30 SRQIM Session request new sessi...

Page 1409: ...masked interrupt Note Only accessible in peripheral mode Bit 18 IEPINT IN endpoints interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Only accessible in peripheral mode Bit 17 EPMISM Endpoin...

Page 1410: ...1 Unmasked interrupt Note Only accessible in peripheral mode Bit 5 NPTXFEM Nonperiodic TxFIFO empty mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Note Accessible in both peripheral and host modes Bit 4...

Page 1411: ...ust only pop the Receive Status FIFO when the Receive FIFO nonempty bit of the Core interrupt register RXFLVL bit in OTG_HS_GINTSTS is asserted Host mode 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1...

Page 1412: ...f the received packet 0001 Global OUT NAK triggers an interrupt 0010 OUT data packet received 0011 OUT transfer completed triggers an interrupt 0100 SETUP transaction completed triggers an interrupt 0...

Page 1413: ...12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NPTXFD NPTXFSA r rw r rw Bits 31 16 NPTXFD Nonperiodic TxFIFO depth This value is in terms of 32 bit words Minimum value is 16 Maximum value is 1024 Bits 15 0 NPTXFSA Non...

Page 1414: ...of free space available in the nonperiodic transmit request queue This queue holds both IN and OUT requests in host mode Peripheral mode has only IN requests 00 Nonperiodic transmit request queue is...

Page 1415: ...I2 C slave on the USB 1 1 full speed serial transceiver corresponding to the one used by the core for OTG signalling Bit 25 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 24 ACK I2 C ACK This bit indicates...

Page 1416: ...onality VBUS connection can be remapped on another general purpose input pad and monitored by software This option is only suitable for host only or device only applications 0 VBUS sensing available b...

Page 1417: ...cation programmable ID field 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PTXFD PTXSA r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r r w r...

Page 1418: ...emory start address for IN endpoint transmit FIFOx The address must be aligned with a 32 bit memory location 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reser...

Page 1419: ...the number of PHY clocks that constitute the required frame interval The application can write a value to this register only after the Port enable bit of the host port control and status register PENA...

Page 1420: ...frame 0 send in even micro frame 1 send in odd micro frame Bits 30 27 Channel endpoint number Bits 26 25 Type 00 IN OUT 01 Zero length packet 11 Disable channel command Bit 24 Terminate last entry for...

Page 1421: ...ss offset 0x418 Reset value 0x0000 0000 The host all channel interrupt mask register works with the host all channel interrupt register to interrupt the application when an event occurs on a channel T...

Page 1422: ...1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved PSPD PTCTL PPWR PLSTS Reserved PRST PSUSP PRES POCCHNG POCA PENCHNG PENA PCDET PCSTS r r rw rw rw rw rw r r rw rs rw rc_ w1 r rc_ w1 rc_ w0 rc_ w1 r Bits 31 19 Reserv...

Page 1423: ...set bit or Port resume bit in this register or the Resume remote wakeup detected interrupt bit or Disconnect detected interrupt bit in the Core interrupt register WKUINT or DISCINT in OTG_HS_GINTSTS r...

Page 1424: ...it 0 PCSTS Port connect status 0 No device is attached to the port 1 A device is attached to the port 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CHENA CHDIS...

Page 1425: ...be issued for this endpoint per micro frame When the SPLITEN bit is set 1 in OTG_HS_HCSPLTx this field indicates the number of immediate retries to be performed for a periodic split transaction on tr...

Page 1426: ...plete split The application sets this bit to request the OTG host to perform a complete split transaction Bits 15 14 XACTPOS Transaction position This field is used to determine whether to send all fi...

Page 1427: ...8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved DTERR FRMOR BBERR TXERR NYET ACK NAK STALL AHBERR CHH XFRC rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 rc_ w1 Bits 31 11 Reserved must be kept at...

Page 1428: ...w Bits 31 11 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 10 DTERRM Data toggle error mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bit 9 FRMORM Frame overrun mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt B...

Page 1429: ...ield to 1 directs the host to do PING protocol Note Do not set this bit for IN transfers If this bit is set for IN transfers it disables the channel Bits 30 29 DPID Data PID The application programs t...

Page 1430: ...h it must be stored This register is incremented on every AHB transaction 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved PERSCHIVL Reserved Reserved PFI...

Page 1431: ...eld to select the handshake the core sends on receiving a nonzero length data packet during the OUT transaction of a control transfer s Status stage 1 Send a STALL handshake on a nonzero length status...

Page 1432: ...this bit only after making sure that the Global OUT NAK effective bit in the Core interrupt register GONAKEFF bit in OTG_HS_GINTSTS is cleared Bit 8 CGINAK Clear global IN NAK A write to this field c...

Page 1433: ...nd the device does not receive signals on the USB The core stays in the disconnected state until the application clears this bit 0 Normal operation When this bit is cleared after a soft disconnect the...

Page 1434: ...ller goes into Suspended state and an interrupt is generated to the application with Early suspend bit of the Core interrupt register ESUSP bit in OTG_HS_GINTSTS If the early suspend is asserted due t...

Page 1435: ...M Reserved EPDM XFRCM rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 10 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 9 BIM BNA interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bit 8 TXFURM FIFO underrun mask 0 Mas...

Page 1436: ...w rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 10 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 9 BOIM BNA interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bit 8 OPEM OUT packet error mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked...

Page 1437: ...point interrupt mask register works with the device endpoint interrupt register to interrupt the application when an event occurs on a device endpoint However the device all endpoints interrupt OTG_HS...

Page 1438: ...8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved VBUSDT rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 0 VBUSDT Device VBUS discharge time Specifies the VBUS dischar...

Page 1439: ...ceived on the USB before the core can start transmitting on the AHB The threshold length has to be at least eight DWORDS The recommended value for RXTHRLEN is to be the same as the programmed AHB burs...

Page 1440: ...14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved INEPTXFEM rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 15 0 INEPTXFEM IN EP Tx FIFO empty interrupt...

Page 1441: ...t reset value Bit 17 OEP1INTM OUT Endpoint 1 interrupt mask bit Bits 16 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1 IEP1INTM IN Endpoint 1 interrupt mask bit Bit 0 Reserved must be kept at reset valu...

Page 1442: ...t Bit 2 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 1 EPDM Endpoint disabled interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bit 0 XFRCM Transfer completed interrupt mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unma...

Page 1443: ...ket error mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bits 7 3 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 2 AHBERRM AHB error mask 0 Masked interrupt 1 Unmasked interrupt Bit 1 EPDM Endpoint disabled i...

Page 1444: ...EONUM field to even frame Bit 27 SNAK Set NAK A write to this bit sets the NAK bit for the endpoint Using this bit the application can control the transmission of NAK handshakes on an endpoint The cor...

Page 1445: ...this endpoint The application must program the even odd frame number in which it intends to transmit receive isochronous data for this endpoint using the SEVNFRM and SODDFRM fields in this register 0...

Page 1446: ...endpoint 0 Bits 29 28 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 27 SNAK Set NAK A write to this bit sets the NAK bit for the endpoint Using this bit the application can control the transmission of NAK...

Page 1447: ...FIFO to accommodate the incoming packet Irrespective of this bit s setting the core always responds to SETUP data packets with an ACK handshake Bit 16 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 15 USBAE...

Page 1448: ...ts the Even Odd frame EONUM field to even frame Bit 27 SNAK Set NAK A write to this bit sets the NAK bit for the endpoint Using this bit the application can control the transmission of NAK handshakes...

Page 1449: ...number in which it intends to transmit receive isochronous data for this endpoint using the SEVNFRM and SODDFRM fields in this register 0 Even frame 1 Odd frame DPID Endpoint data PID Applies to inter...

Page 1450: ...Bits 31 14 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 13 NAK NAK interrupt The core generates this interrupt when a NAK is transmitted or received by the device In case of isochronous IN endpoints the i...

Page 1451: ...e kept at reset value Bit 4 ITTXFE IN token received when TxFIFO is empty Applies to nonperiodic IN endpoints only Indicates that an IN token was received when the associated TxFIFO periodic nonperiod...

Page 1452: ...NYET NYET interrupt The core generates this interrupt when a NYET response is transmitted for a nonisochronous OUT endpoint Bits 13 7 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 6 B2BSTUP Back to back S...

Page 1453: ...14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved PKTCNT Reserved XFRSIZ rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 21 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 20 19 PKTCNT Packet count Indicates the total number...

Page 1454: ...served PKTCNT Reserved XFRSIZ rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Bit 31 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 30 29 STUPCNT SETUP packet count This field specifies the number of back to back SETUP data...

Page 1455: ...w rw rw rw Bit 31 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 30 29 MCNT Multi count For periodic IN endpoints this field indicates the number of packets that must be transmitted per frame on the USB Th...

Page 1456: ...l registers EPENA bit in OTG_HS_DOEPCTLx the core modifies this register The application can only read this register once the core has cleared the Endpoint enable bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21...

Page 1457: ...r this endpoint This field is decremented every time a packet maximum size or short packet is written to the RxFIFO Bits 18 0 XFRSIZ Transfer size This field contains the transfer size in bytes for th...

Page 1458: ...tion sets this bit to gate HCLK to modules other than the AHB Slave and Master and wakeup logic when the USB is suspended or the session is not valid The application clears this bit when the USB is re...

Page 1459: ...IDSCHGM Reserved PTXFEM HCIM PRTIM Reserved FSUSPM IPXFRM IISOOXFRM IISOIXFRM OEPINT IEPINT EPMISM Reserved EOPFM ISOODRPM ENUMDNEM USBRST USBSUSPM ESUSPM Reserved GONAKEFFM GINAKEFFM NPTXFEM RXFLVLM...

Page 1460: ...0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0x104 OTG_HS_DIE PTXF1 INEPTXFD INEPTXSA Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x108 OTG_HS_DIE PTXF2...

Page 1461: ...CHENA CHDIS ODDFRM DAD MC EPTYP LSDEV Reserved EPDIR EPNUM MPSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x580 OTG_HS_HC CHAR4 CHENA CHDIS ODDFRM DAD MC EPTYP LSDEV...

Page 1462: ...ALL AHBERR CHH XFRC Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x524 OTG_HS_HCS PL1 SPLITEN Reserved COMPLSPLT XACTPOS HUBADDR PRTADDR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x528 OTG_HS_HCI NT1 Reser...

Page 1463: ...PRTADDR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x5C8 OTG_HS_HCI NT6 Reserved DTERR FRMOR BBERR TXERR NYET ACK NAK STALL AHBERR CHH XFRC Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x5E4 OTG_HS_HCS PLT7...

Page 1464: ...R FRMOR BBERR TXERR NYET ACK NAK STALL AHBERR CHH XFRC Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x50C OTG_HS_HCI NTMSK0 Reserved DTERRM FRMORM BBERRM TXERRM NYET ACKM NAKM STALLM CHHM XFRCM Reset value 0 0 0...

Page 1465: ...RRM TXERRM NYET ACKM NAKM STALLM AHBERR CHHM XFRCM Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x66C OTG_HS_HCI NTMSK11 Reserved DTERRM FRMORM BBERRM TXERRM NYET ACKM NAKM STALLM AHBERR CHHM XFRCM Reset value 0...

Page 1466: ...value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x514 OTG_HS_HC DMA0 DMAADDR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x524 OTG_HS_HC DMA1 DMAA...

Page 1467: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x808 OTG_HS_DST S Reserved FNSOF Reserved EERR ENUMSPD SUSPSTS Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x810 OTG_HS_DIE PMSK Reserved BIM TXFURM Reserved INEPNEM INEPN...

Page 1468: ...RRM Reserved BIM TXFURM Reserved INEPNEM INEPNMM ITTXFEMSK TOM Reserved EPDM XFRCM Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x900 OTG_HS_DIE PCTL0 EPENA EPDIS SODDFRM SD0PID SEVNFRM SNAK CNAK TXFNUM STALL Re...

Page 1469: ...set value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x9A0 OTG_HS_DIE PCTL5 EPENA EPDIS SODDFRM SD0PID SEVNFRM SNAK CNAK TXFNUM STALL Reserved EPTYP NAKSTS EONUM DPID USBAEP Reserved MPSIZ...

Page 1470: ...BNA TXFIFOUDRN TXFE INEPNE Reserved ITTXFE TOC Reserved EPDISD XFRC Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0x928 OTG_HS_DIE PINT1 Reserved NAK BERR PKTDRPSTS Reserved BNA TXFIFOUDRN TXFE INEPNE Reserved I...

Page 1471: ...B28 OTG_HS_DO EPINT1 Reserved NYET Reserved B2BSTUP Reserved OTEPDIS STUP Reserved EPDISD XFRC Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0xB48 OTG_HS_DO EPINT2 Reserved NYET Reserved B2BSTUP Reserved OTEPDIS STUP Reser...

Page 1472: ..._HS_DIE PDMAB2 DMABADDR Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x970 OTG_HS_DIE PTSIZ3 Reserved MCN T PKTCNT XFRSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 1473: ...the core s configuration 0xB50 OTG_HS_DO EPTSIZ2 Reserved RXDPID STUPCNT PKTCNT XFRSIZ Reset value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0xB54 OTG_HS_DO EPDMA2 DMAADDR Reset va...

Page 1474: ...bit in OTG_HS_HPRT to 1 This drives VBUS on the USB 4 Wait for the PCDET interrupt in OTG_HS_HPRT0 This indicates that a device is connecting to the port 5 Program the PRST bit in OTG_HS_HPRT to 1 Thi...

Page 1475: ...receiving this interrupt Wait for the ENUMDNE interrupt in OTG_HS_GINTSTS This interrupt indicates the end of reset on the USB On receiving this interrupt the application must read the OTG_HS_DSTS reg...

Page 1476: ...eive any packet Halting a channel The application can disable any channel by programming the OTG_HS_HCCHARx register with the CHDIS and CHENA bits set to 1 This enables the OTG_HS host to flush the po...

Page 1477: ...g request entry to the request queue The application must wait for the response to the ping token a NAK ACK or TXERR interrupt before continuing the transaction or sending another ping token The appli...

Page 1478: ...all packet statuses other than IN data packet bx0010 1 MPS or LPS FIFO space available Wait for Write 1 packet data to Transmit FIFO More packets to send Yes No No Read GNPTXSTS HPTXFSIZ registers for...

Page 1479: ...d control OUT SETUP operations The sequence of operations for channel 1 is as follows a Initialize channel 1 b Write the first packet for channel 1 c Along with the last DWORD write the core writes an...

Page 1480: ...USB on the go high speed OTG_HS RM0090 1480 1731 DocID018909 Rev 11 Figure 416 Normal bulk control OUT SETUP and bulk control IN transactions DMA mode...

Page 1481: ...transactions Slave mode The channel specific interrupt service routine for bulk and control OUT SETUP transactions in Slave mode is shown in the following code samples Interrupt service routine for b...

Page 1482: ...CHH Mask CHH if Transfer Done or Error_count 3 De allocate Channel else Re initialize Channel else if ACK Reset Error Count Mask ACK The application is expected to write the data packets into the tran...

Page 1483: ...or Count The application is expected to write the requests as and when the Request queue space is available and until the XFRC interrupt is received Bulk and control IN transactions A typical bulk or...

Page 1484: ...USB on the go high speed OTG_HS RM0090 1484 1731 DocID018909 Rev 11 Figure 418 Bulk control IN transactions DMA mode...

Page 1485: ...n HCCHAR2 to write an IN request to the nonperiodic request queue c The core attempts to send an IN token after completing the current OUT transaction d The core generates an RXFLVL interrupt as soon...

Page 1486: ...milarly to the bulk OUT transactions explained previously Data or Status stage IN transactions are performed similarly to the bulk IN transactions explained previously For all three stages the applica...

Page 1487: ...DocID018909 Rev 11 1487 1731 RM0090 USB on the go high speed OTG_HS 1529 Figure 420 Normal interrupt OUT IN transactions DMA mode...

Page 1488: ...909 Rev 11 Figure 421 Normal interrupt OUT IN transactions Slave mode Interrupt service routine for interrupt OUT IN transactions a Interrupt OUT Unmask NAK TXERR STALL XFRC FRMOR if XFRC Reset Error...

Page 1489: ...in next b_interval 1 Frame else if ACK Reset Error Count Mask ACK The application is expected to write the data packets into the transmit FIFO when the space is available in the transmit FIFO and the...

Page 1490: ...ask ACK Unmask CHH Disable Channel if STALL or BBERR Reset Error Count Transfer Done 1 else if FRMOR Reset Error Count else if TXERR Increment Error Count Unmask ACK Unmask CHH Disable Channel else if...

Page 1491: ...times before switching to another channel c The OTG_HS host writes an IN request to the periodic request queue for each OTG_HS_HCCHAR2 register write with the CHENA bit set d The OTG_HS host attempts...

Page 1492: ...of operations is as follows a Initialize and enable channel 1 The application must set the ODDFRM bit in OTG_HS_HCCHAR1 b Write the first packet for channel 1 For a high bandwidth isochronous transfe...

Page 1493: ...DocID018909 Rev 11 1493 1731 RM0090 USB on the go high speed OTG_HS 1529 Figure 422 Normal isochronous OUT IN transactions DMA mode...

Page 1494: ...D018909 Rev 11 Figure 423 Normal isochronous OUT IN transactions Slave mode Interrupt service routine for isochronous OUT IN transactions Code sample Isochronous OUT Unmask FRMOR XFRC if XFRC De alloc...

Page 1495: ...ous IN Unmask TXERR XFRC FRMOR BBERR if XFRC or FRMOR if XFRC and OTG_HS_HCTSIZx PKTCNT 0 Reset Error Count De allocate Channel else Unmask CHH Disable Channel else if TXERR or BBERR Increment Error C...

Page 1496: ...es an RXFLVL interrupt for the transfer completion status entry in the receive FIFO This time the application must read and ignore the receive packet status when the receive packet status is not an IN...

Page 1497: ...is interrupt the application must determine that this is not due to an overcurrent condition another cause of the Port Disabled interrupt by checking POCA in OTG_HS_HPRT then perform a soft reset The...

Page 1498: ...oon as the channel receives the grant from the arbiter arbitration is performed in a round robin fashion c The OTG_HS host starts writing the received data to the system memory as soon as the last byt...

Page 1499: ...packet is received and written to the receive FIFO the OTG_HS host generates a CHH interrupt e In response to the CHH interrupt reinitialize the channel for the next transfer Isochronous OUT transact...

Page 1500: ...tions channel x is as follows a Initialize and enable channel x as explained in Section Channel initialization b The OTG_HS host writes the start split request to the nonperiodic request after getting...

Page 1501: ...TG_HS host generates the CHH interrupt after transferring the received data to the system memory h In response to the CHH interrupt de allocate or reinitialize the channel for the next start split Iso...

Page 1502: ...N endpoint OUTEP0 1 in OTG_HS_DAINTMSK control 0 OUT endpoint STUP 1 in DOEPMSK XFRC 1 in DOEPMSK XFRC 1 in DIEPMSK TOC 1 in DIEPMSK 3 Set up the Data FIFO RAM for each of the FIFOs Program the OTG_HS...

Page 1503: ...zation on SetConfiguration SetInterface command This section describes what the application must do when it receives a SetConfiguration or SetInterface command in a SETUP packet 1 When a SetConfigurat...

Page 1504: ...meet the following conditions to set up the device core to handle traffic NPTXFEM and RXFLVLM in GINTMSK must be cleared 35 13 7 Operational model SETUP and OUT data transfers This section describes...

Page 1505: ...Don t Care 0b00 These data indicate that an OUT data transfer for the specified OUT endpoint has completed After this entry is popped from the receive FIFO the core asserts a Transfer Completed inter...

Page 1506: ...n The core reserves this space in the receive data FIFO to write SETUP data only and never uses this space for data packets 3 The application must read the 2 DWORDs of the SETUP packet from the receiv...

Page 1507: ...g a SETUP packet error a host does not send more than three back to back SETUP packets to the same endpoint However the USB 2 0 specification does not limit the number of back to back SETUP packets a...

Page 1508: ...st set the Global OUT NAK bit by programming the following field SGONAK 1 in OTG_HS_DCTL 2 Wait for the assertion of the GONAKEFF interrupt in OTG_HS_GINTSTS When asserted this interrupt indicates tha...

Page 1509: ...all data to be received as part of the OUT transfer 2 For OUT transfers the transfer size field in the endpoint s transfer size register must be a multiple of the maximum packet size of the endpoint...

Page 1510: ...data from the receive FIFO and writes it to external memory one packet at a time per endpoint 5 At the end of every packet write on the AHB to external memory the transfer size for the endpoint is de...

Page 1511: ...isochronous OUT endpoint must be enabled after the EOPF OTG_HS_GINTSTS and before the SOF OTG_HS_GINTSTS Internal data flow 1 The internal data flow for isochronous OUT endpoints is the same as that f...

Page 1512: ...ived 2 RXDPID D2 in OTG_HS_DOEPTSIZx and the number of USB packets in which this payload was received 3 The number of USB packets in which this payload was received Application programmed initial pack...

Page 1513: ...isochronous OUT endpoints with incomplete transfers the application must discard the data in the memory and disable the endpoint by setting the EPDIS bit in OTG_HS_DOEPCTLx 6 Wait for the EPDIS inter...

Page 1514: ...this endpoint to prevent it from receiving any more packets 5 The application processes the interrupt and reads the data from the RxFIFO 6 When the application has read all the data equivalent to XFR...

Page 1515: ...ead modify write on the OTG_HS_DIEPCTLx register to avoid modifying the contents of the register except for setting the Endpoint Enable bit The application can write multiple packets for the same endp...

Page 1516: ...e 1 The application must stop writing data on the AHB for the IN endpoint to be disabled 2 The application must set the endpoint in NAK mode SNAK 1 in OTG_HS_DIEPCTLx 3 Wait for the INEPNE interrupt i...

Page 1517: ...Transfer size register to determine how much data posted in the transmit FIFO have already been sent on the USB 4 Data fetched into transmit FIFO Application programmed initial transfer size core upd...

Page 1518: ...rrupt for the endpoint is generated and the endpoint enable is cleared Application programming sequence 1 Program the OTG_HS_DIEPTSIZx register with the transfer size and corresponding packet count 2...

Page 1519: ...fore the IN token is received Even when 1 DWORD of the data to be transmitted per frame is missing in the transmit FIFO when the IN token is received the core behaves as when the FIFO is empty When th...

Page 1520: ...ble the endpoint so that the data can be transmitted on the next IN token attempt 5 Asserting the XFRC interrupt in OTG_HS_DIEPINTx with no ITTXFE interrupt in OTG_HS_DIEPINTx indicates the successful...

Page 1521: ...ronous IN transfer interrupt in OTG_HS_GINTSTS indicates an incomplete isochronous IN transfer on at least one of the isochronous IN endpoints 3 The application must read the Endpoint Control register...

Page 1522: ...of data specified in the SETUP packet Then when the application receives this interrupt it must set the STALL bit in the corresponding endpoint control register and clear this interrupt 35 13 8 Worst...

Page 1523: ...a smaller value for TRDT in OTG_HS_GUSBCFG Figure 427 has the following signals tkn_rcvd Token received information from MAC to PFC dynced_tkn_rcvd Doubled sync tkn_rcvd from PCLK to HCLK domain spr_r...

Page 1524: ...host can detect either data line pulsing or VBUS pulsing for SRP HNP is a method by which the B device negotiates and switches to host role In Negotiated mode after HNP the B device suspends the bus a...

Page 1525: ...NTSTS 6 The application must service the Session request detected interrupt and turn on the port power bit by writing the port power bit in the host port control and status register The PHY indicates...

Page 1526: ...perform data line pulsing followed by VBUS pulsing 5 The host detects SRP from either the data line or VBUS pulsing and turns on VBUS The PHY indicates VBUS power on to the device 6 The OTG_HS control...

Page 1527: ...ipheral mode operation 4 The B device detects the connection issues a USB reset and enumerates the OTG_HS controller for data traffic 5 The B device continues the host role initiating traffic and susp...

Page 1528: ...it in the host port control and status register The OTG_HS controller sets the Early suspend bit in the Core interrupt register after 3 ms of bus idleness Following this the OTG_HS controller sets the...

Page 1529: ...ontroller continues the host role of initiating traffic and when done suspends the bus by writing the Port suspend bit in the host port control and status register 5 In Negotiated mode when the A devi...

Page 1530: ...ank Independent configuration for each memory bank Programmable timings to support a wide range of devices in particular Programmable wait states up to 15 Programmable bus turnaround cycles up to 15 P...

Page 1531: ...ave interface enables internal CPUs and other bus master peripherals to access the external static memories AHB transactions are translated into the external device protocol In particular if the selec...

Page 1532: ...an the memory size In this case the FSMC splits the AHB transaction into smaller consecutive memory accesses in order to meet the external data width AHB transaction size is smaller than the memory si...

Page 1533: ...s 2 and 3 used to address NAND Flash devices 1 device per bank Bank 4 used to address a PC Card device For each bank the type of memory to be used is user defined in the Configuration register Figure...

Page 1534: ...te memory space 10 Bank 1 NOR PSRAM 3 11 Bank 1 NOR PSRAM 4 1 HADDR are internal AHB address lines that are translated to external memory Table 212 External memory address Memory width 1 1 In case of...

Page 1535: ...RAM controller The FSMC generates the appropriate signal timings to drive the following types of memories Asynchronous SRAM and ROM 8 bit 16 bit 32 bit PSRAM Cellular RAM Asynchronous mode Burst mode...

Page 1536: ...nous muxed I Os AHB clock cycle HCLK 1 15 Data setup Duration of the data setup phase Asynchronous AHB clock cycle HCLK 1 256 Bust turn Duration of the bus turnaround phase Asynchronousand synchronous...

Page 1537: ...ut enable NWE O Write enable NL NADV O Latch enable this signal is called address valid NADV by some NOR Flash devices NWAIT I NOR Flash wait input signal to the FSMC Table 218 Nonmultiplexed I Os PSR...

Page 1538: ...NWE O Write enable NL NADV O Address valid PSRAM input memory signal name NADV NWAIT I PSRAM wait input signal to the FSMC NBL 1 O Upper byte enable memory signal name NUB NBL 0 O Lowed byte enable m...

Page 1539: ...I Os Asynchronous R 8 16 Y Asynchronous W 8 16 Y Use of byte lanes NBL 1 0 Asynchronous R 16 16 Y Asynchronous W 16 16 Y Asynchronous R 32 16 Y Split into 2 FSMC accesses Asynchronous W 32 16 Y Split...

Page 1540: ...s for read and write operations For example read operation can be performed in mode A and write in mode B If the extended mode is disabled EXTMOD bit is reset in the FSMC_BCRx register the FSMC can op...

Page 1541: ...umber Bit name Value to set 31 20 Reserved 0x000 19 CBURSTRW 0x0 no effect on asynchronous mode 18 16 CPSIZE 0x0 no effect on asynchronous mode 15 ASYNCWAIT Set to 1 if the memory supports this featur...

Page 1542: ...Don t care 27 24 DATLAT Don t care 23 20 CLKDIV Don t care 19 16 BUSTURN Time between NEx high to NEx low BUSTURN HCLK 15 8 DATAST Duration of the second access phase DATAST 1 HCLK cycles for write ac...

Page 1543: ...accesses 1 NBL 1 0 are driven low during read access Figure 437 ModeA write accesses A 25 0 NOE ADDSET DATAST Memory transaction NEx D 15 0 HCLK cycles HCLK cycles NWE NBL 1 0 data driven by memory ai...

Page 1544: ...nchronous mode 12 WREN As needed 11 WAITCFG Don t care 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL Meaningful only if bit 15 is 1 8 BURSTEN 0x0 7 Reserved 0x1 6 FACCEN Don t care 5 4 MWID As needed 3 2 MTYP 0 1 As neede...

Page 1545: ...TLAT Don t care 23 20 CLKDIV Don t care 19 16 BUSTURN Time between NEx high to NEx low BUSTURN HCLK 15 8 DATAST Duration of the second access phase DATAST 1 HCLK cycles for write accesses 7 4 ADDHLD D...

Page 1546: ...ith mode1 are the toggling of NWE and the independent read and write timings when extended mode is set Mode B A 25 0 NOE ADDSET DATAST 1 Memory transaction NEx D 15 0 HCLK cycles HCLK cycles NWE NADV...

Page 1547: ...needed 11 WAITCFG Don t care 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL Meaningful only if bit 15 is 1 8 BURSTEN 0x0 7 Reserved 0x1 6 FACCEN 0x1 5 4 MWID As needed 3 2 MTYP 0 1 0x2 NOR Flash memory 1 MUXEN 0x0 0 MBKEN...

Page 1548: ...ue to set 31 30 Reserved 0x0 29 28 ACCMOD 0x1 27 24 DATLAT Don t care 23 20 CLKDIV Don t care 19 16 BUSTURN Time between NEx high to NEx low BUSTURN HCLK 15 8 DATAST Duration of the second access phas...

Page 1549: ...on asynchronous mode 18 16 CPSIZE 0x0 no effect on asynchronous mode 15 ASYNCWAIT Set to 1 if the memory supports this feature Otherwise keep at 0 14 EXTMOD 0x1 13 WAITEN 0x0 no effect on asynchronou...

Page 1550: ...0 Duration of the first access phase ADDSET HCLK cycles for read accesses Minimum value for ADDSET is 0 Table 231 FSMC_BWTRx bit fields Bit number Bit name Value to set 31 30 Reserved 0x0 29 28 ACCMO...

Page 1551: ...Mode D read accesses Figure 444 Mode D write accesses A 25 0 NOE ADDSET DATAST Memory transaction NEx D 15 0 HCLK cycles HCLK cycles NWE NADV data driven by memory ai15566 High ADDHLD HCLK cycles A 2...

Page 1552: ...ode 12 WREN As needed 11 WAITCFG Don t care 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL Meaningful only if bit 15 is 1 8 BURSTEN 0x0 7 Reserved 0x1 6 FACCEN Set according to memory support 5 4 MWID As needed 3 2 MTYP 0...

Page 1553: ...x0 19 16 BUSTURN Time between NEx high to NEx low BUSTURN HCLK 15 8 DATAST Duration of the second access phase DATAST 1 HCLK cycles for write accesses 7 4 ADDHLD Duration of the middle phase of the wr...

Page 1554: ...CPSIZE 0x0 no effect on asynchronous mode 15 ASYNCWAIT Set to 1 if the memory supports this feature Otherwise keep at 0 14 EXTMOD 0x0 13 WAITEN 0x0 no effect on asynchronous mode 12 WREN As needed 11...

Page 1555: ...ive and so they are not prolonged The data setup phase DATAST in the FSMC_BTRx register must be programmed so that WAIT can be detected 4 HCLK cycles before the end of memory transaction The following...

Page 1556: ...is low Figure 447 and Figure 448 show the number of HCLK clock cycles that are added to the memory access after WAIT is released by the asynchronous memory independently of the above cases Figure 447...

Page 1557: ...memory controller FSMC 1588 Figure 448 Asynchronous wait during a write access 1 NWAIT polarity depends on WAITPOL bit setting in FSMC_BCRx register 7 EMORY TRANSACTION 7 4 X DATA DRIVEN BY 3 AI C AD...

Page 1558: ...MC samples the data and waits long enough to evaluate if the data are valid Thus the FSMC detects when the memory exits latency and real data are taken Other memories do not assert NWAIT during latenc...

Page 1559: ...send clock pulses to the memory keeping the chip select and output enable signals valid and does not consider the data valid There are two timing configurations for the NOR Flash NWAIT signal in burs...

Page 1560: ...t on synchronous read 18 16 CPSIZE As needed 0x1 for CRAM 1 5 15 ASCYCWAIT 0x0 14 EXTMOD 0x0 13 WAITEN Set to 1 if the memory supports this feature otherwise keep at 0 12 WREN no effect on synchronous...

Page 1561: ...s Bit No Bit name Value to set 31 30 Reserved 0x0 29 28 ACCMOD 0x0 27 24 DATLAT Data latency 23 20 CLKDIV 0x0 to get CLK HCLK not supported 0x1 to get CLK 2 HCLK 19 16 BUSTURN Time between NEx high to...

Page 1562: ...NBL outputs are not shown they are held low while NEx is active DDR DATA ADDR EMORY TRANSACTION BURST OF HALF WORDS X 7 I 6 7 4 7 4 CLOCK CLOCK 4 4 INSERTED WAIT STATE AI F CYCLES DATA Table 239 FSMC...

Page 1563: ...2 MTYP 0 1 0x1 1 MUXEN As needed 0 MBKEN 0x1 Table 240 FSMC_BTRx bit fields Bit No Bit name Value to set 31 30 Reserved 0x0 29 28 ACCMOD 0x0 27 24 DATLAT Data latency 23 20 CLKDIV 0x0 to get CLK HCLK...

Page 1564: ...ables the synchronous burst protocol during write operations The enable bit for synchronous read accesses is the BURSTEN bit in the FSMC_BCRx register 0 Write operations are always performed in asynch...

Page 1565: ...the bank by the FSMC an AHB error is reported 1 Write operations are enabled for the bank by the FSMC default after reset Bit 11 WAITCFG Wait timing configuration The NWAIT signal indicates whether t...

Page 1566: ...MTYP 1 0 Memory type Defines the type of external memory attached to the corresponding memory bank 00 SRAM default after reset for Bank 2 4 01 PSRAM CRAM 10 NOR Flash OneNAND Flash default after reset...

Page 1567: ...modes as shown in the timing diagrams These bits are taken into account only when the EXTMOD bit in the FSMC_BCRx register is 1 00 access mode A 01 access mode B 10 access mode C 11 access mode D Bits...

Page 1568: ...static banks A synchronous write access in burst or single mode and a synchronous read from the same or a different bank An asynchronous and a synchronous write to any static or dynamic memory bank e...

Page 1569: ...Figure 434 to Figure 446 Example Mode1 write access DATAST 1 Data phase duration DATAST 1 2 HCLK clock cycles Note In synchronous accesses this value is don t care Bits 7 4 ADDHLD 3 0 Address hold ph...

Page 1570: ...phase duration The programmed bus turnaround delay is inserted between a an asynchronous write transfer and any other asynchronous synchronous read or write transfer to from a static bank for a read...

Page 1571: ...ation 2 HCLK clock cycles 1111 1111 DATAST phase duration 255 HCLK clock cycles default value after reset Note In synchronous accesses this value is don t care Bits 7 4 ADDHLD 3 0 Address hold phase d...

Page 1572: ...Memory wait Minimum duration HCLK clock cycles of the command assertion Read Write AHB clock cycle HCLK 2 256 Memory hold Number of clock cycles HCLK to hold the address and the data in case of a writ...

Page 1573: ...l to the FSMC Table 244 16 bit PC Card FSMC signal name I O Function A 10 0 O Address bus NIORD O Output enable for I O space NIOWR O Write enable for I O space NREG O Register signal indicating if ac...

Page 1574: ...to define number of HCLK cycles for the three phases of any PC Card CompactFlash or NAND Flash access plus one parameter that defines the timing for starting driving the databus in the case of a write...

Page 1575: ...idth of the NAND Flash PTYP 1 PWAITEN 0 or 1 as needed see section Common memory space timing register 2 4 FSMC_PMEM2 4 on page 1582 for timing configuration 2 The CPU performs a byte write in the com...

Page 1576: ...ifferent ways by simply performing the operation described in step 5 a new random address can be accessed by restarting the operation at step 3 a new command can be sent to the NAND Flash device by re...

Page 1577: ...ed with bank 2 and bank 3 respectively As a consequence no hardware ECC computation is available for memories connected to bank 4 The error correction code ECC algorithm implemented in the FSMC can pe...

Page 1578: ...sses the odd byte on D15 8 and nCE1 accesses the even byte on D7 0 if A0 0 or the odd byte on D7 0 if A0 1 The full word is accessed on D15 0 if both nCE2 and nCE1 are low The memory space is selected...

Page 1579: ...ts must be programmed as follows Table 246 16 bit PC Card signals and access type nCE2 nCE1 nREG nOE nWE nIORD nIOWR A10 A9 A7 1 A0 Space Access Type Allowed not Allowed 1 0 1 0 1 X X X X X Common Mem...

Page 1580: ...w rw rw rw rw rw rw Bits 31 20 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bits 19 17 ECCPS 2 0 ECC page size Defines the page size for the extended ECC 000 256 bytes 001 512 bytes 010 1024 bytes 011 2048 by...

Page 1581: ...t This value is mandatory for PC Cards 10 reserved do not use 11 reserved do not use Bit 3 PTYP Memory type Defines the type of device attached to the corresponding memory bank 0 PC Card CompactFlash...

Page 1582: ...pt high level detection request disabled 1 Interrupt high level detection request enabled Bit 3 IREN Interrupt rising edge detection enable bit 0 Interrupt rising edge detection request disabled 1 Int...

Page 1583: ...data for write access after the command deassertion NWE NOE for PC Card NAND Flash read or write access to common memory space on socket x 0000 0000 Reserved 0000 0001 1 HCLK cycle 1111 1110 254 HCLK...

Page 1584: ...0000 0001 1 HCLK cycle 1111 1110 254 HCLK cycles 1111 1111 Reserved Bits 15 8 ATTWAIT 7 0 Attribute memory x wait time Defines the minimum number of HCLK 1 clock cycles to assert the command NWE NOE...

Page 1585: ...which the databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a PC Card write access to I O space on socket x Only valid for write transaction 0000 0000 0 HCLK cycle 1111 1111 255 HCLK cycles default value aft...

Page 1586: ...is field provides the value computed by the ECC computation logic Table 247 hereafter describes the contents of these bit fields Table 247 ECC result relevant bits ECCPS 2 0 Page size in bytes ECC bit...

Page 1587: ...CPSIZE 2 0 ASYNCWAIT EXTMOD WAITEN WREN WAITCFG WRAPMOD WAITPOL BURSTEN Reserved FACCEN MWID 1 0 MTYP 0 1 MUXEN MBKEN 0018 FSMC_BCR4 Reserved CBURSTRW CPSIZE 2 0 ASYNCWAIT EXTMOD WAITEN WREN WAITCFG W...

Page 1588: ...d FEMPT IFEN ILEN IREN IFS ILS IRS 0xA000 0084 FSMC_SR3 Reserved FEMPT IFEN ILEN IREN IFS ILS IRS 0xA000 00A4 FSMC_SR4 Reserved FEMPT IFEN ILEN IREN IFS ILS IRS 0xA000 0068 FSMC_PMEM 2 MEMHIZ 7 0 MEMH...

Page 1589: ...e FMC performs only one access at a time to an external device The main features of the FMC controller are the following Interface with static memory mapped devices including Static random access memo...

Page 1590: ...y for PSRAM and SDRAM In this case the AHB burst is broken into two FIFO entries At startup the FMC pins must be configured by the user application The FMC I O pins which are not used by the applicati...

Page 1591: ...transactions on the AHB are split into consecutive 16 or 8 bit accesses The FMC Chip Select FMC_NEx does not toggle between the consecutive accesses 06 9 1 1 3 DUG PHPRU FRQWUROOHU 1 1 VLJQDOV 6KDUHG...

Page 1592: ...ta width This may lead to inconsistent transfers Therefore some simple transaction rules must be followed AHB transaction size and memory data size are equal There is no issue in this case AHB transac...

Page 1593: ...s mapping From the FMC point of view the external memory is divided into 6 fixed size banks of 256 Mbyte each see Figure 455 Bank 1 used to address up to 4 NOR Flash memory or PSRAM devices This bank...

Page 1594: ...ks as shown in Table 249 ANK X 2 032 32 3UPPORTED MEMORY TYPE ANK X DDRESS 0 ARD 3 6 3 2 X X X X X X X X X X X ANK X ANK X ANK X 3 2 ANK X 3 2 ANK X LASH MEMORY Table 249 NOR PSRAM bank selection HADD...

Page 1595: ...n next 128 Kbytes in the common attribute memory space Table 250 NOR PSRAM External memory address Memory width 1 1 In case of a 16 bit external memory width the FMC will internally use HADDR 25 1 to...

Page 1596: ...to increment the address of the data section to access consecutive memory locations 37 4 3 SDRAM address mapping The HADDR 28 bit internal AHB address line 28 is used to select one of the two memory...

Page 1597: ...arge is not supported FMC_A 10 must be connected to the external memory address A 10 but it will be always driven low Table 255 SDRAM address mapping with 8 bit data bus width 1 2 Row size configurati...

Page 1598: ...Res Bank 1 0 Row 12 0 Column 8 0 BM0 Res Bank 1 0 Row 12 0 Column 9 0 BM0 Re s Bank 1 0 Row 12 0 Column 10 0 BM0 1 BANK 1 0 are the Bank Address BA 1 0 When only 2 internal banks are used BA1 must alw...

Page 1599: ...tput enable and write enable delays up to 15 Independent read and write timings and protocol to support the widest variety of memories and timings Programmable continuous clock FMC_CLK output The FMC...

Page 1600: ...cated registers see Section 37 5 6 NOR PSRAM controller registers The programmable memory parameters include access times see Table 258 and support for wait management for PSRAM and NOR Flash accessed...

Page 1601: ...led address valid NADV by some NOR Flash devices NWAIT I NOR Flash wait input signal to the FMC Table 260 16 bit multiplexed I O NOR Flash memory FMC signal name I O Function CLK O Clock for synchrono...

Page 1602: ...nal to the FMC NBL 3 O Byte3 Upper byte enable memory signal name NUB NBL 2 O Byte2 Lowed byte enable memory signal name NLB NBL 1 O Byte1 Upper byte enable memory signal name NLB NBL 0 O Byte0 Lower...

Page 1603: ...8 16 N Synchronous R 16 16 Y Synchronous R 32 16 Y PSRAM multiplexed I Os and non multiplexed I Os Asynchronous R 8 16 Y Asynchronous W 8 16 Y Use of byte lanes NBL 1 0 Asynchronous R 16 16 Y Asynchro...

Page 1604: ...y the internal clock HCLK This clock is not issued to the memory The FMC always samples the data before de asserting the NOE signal This guarantees that the memory data hold timing constraint is met m...

Page 1605: ...nsactions for the supported modes followed by the required configuration of FMC _BCRx and FMC_BTRx FMC_BWTRx registers Figure 456 Mode1 read access waveforms Figure 457 Mode1 write access waveforms 3...

Page 1606: ...t to 1 if the memory supports this feature Otherwise keep at 0 14 EXTMOD 0x0 13 WAITEN 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 12 WREN As needed 11 WAITCFG Don t care 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL Meaningful on...

Page 1607: ...access waveforms 1 NBL 3 0 are driven low during the read access 7 4 ADDHLD Don t care 3 0 ADDSET Duration of the first access phase ADDSET HCLK cycles Minimum value for ADDSET is 0 Table 265 FMC_BTRx...

Page 1608: ...me Value to set 31 21 Reserved 0x000 20 CCLKEN As needed 19 CBURSTRW 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 18 16 CPSIZE 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 15 ASYNCWAIT Set to 1 if the memory supports thi...

Page 1609: ...cesses 7 4 ADDHLD Don t care 3 0 ADDSET 3 0 Duration of the first access phase ADDSET HCLK cycles for read accesses Minimum value for ADDSET is 0 Table 268 FMC_BWTRx bit fields Bit number Bit name Val...

Page 1610: ...h Figure 460 Mode2 and mode B read access waveforms 1 NBL 3 0 are driven low during the read access Figure 461 Mode2 write access waveforms 3 4 4 34 EMORY TRANSACTION X CYCLES CYCLES 7 6 DATA DRIVEN B...

Page 1611: ...1 21 Reserved 0x000 20 CCLKEN As needed 19 CBURSTRW 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 18 16 CPSIZE 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 15 ASYNCWAIT Set to 1 if the memory supports this feature Otherwi...

Page 1612: ...s second phase DATAST HCLK cycles for read accesses 7 4 ADDHLD Don t care 3 0 ADDSET 3 0 Duration of the access first phase ADDSET HCLK cycles for read accesses Minimum value for ADDSET is 0 Table 271...

Page 1613: ...deC read access waveforms Figure 464 ModeC write access waveforms The differences compared with mode1 are the toggling of NOE and the independent read and write timings 3 4 4 34 EMORY TRANSACTION X CY...

Page 1614: ...ded 11 WAITCFG Don t care 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL Meaningful only if bit 15 is 1 8 BURSTEN 0x0 7 Reserved 0x1 6 FACCEN 0x1 5 4 MWID As needed 3 2 MTYP 1 0 0x02 NOR Flash memory 1 MUXEN 0x0 0 MBKEN 0x...

Page 1615: ...0 29 28 ACCMOD 0x2 27 24 DATLAT Don t care 23 20 CLKDIV Don t care 19 16 BUSTURN Time between NEx high to NEx low BUSTURN HCLK 15 8 DATAST Duration of the second access phase DATAST HCLK cycles for wr...

Page 1616: ...e to set 31 21 Reserved 0x000 20 CCLKEN As needed 19 CBURSTRW 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 18 16 CPSIZE 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 15 ASYNCWAIT Set to 1 if the memory supports this featu...

Page 1617: ...cles 3 0 ADDSET 3 0 Duration of the first access phase ADDSET HCLK cycles for read accesses Minimum value for ADDSET is 1 Table 277 FMC_BWTRx bit fields Bit No Bit name Value to set 31 30 Reserved 0x0...

Page 1618: ...67 Muxed read access waveforms Figure 468 Muxed write access waveforms The difference with mode D is the drive of the lower address byte s on the data bus 3 4 4 34 EMORY TRANSACTION X CYCLES CYCLES 7...

Page 1619: ...x0 13 WAITEN 0x0 no effect in asynchronous mode 12 WREN As needed 11 WAITCFG Don t care 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL Meaningful only if bit 15 is 1 8 BURSTEN 0x0 7 Reserved 0x1 6 FACCEN 0x1 5 4 MWID As ne...

Page 1620: ...l aligned to NOE NWE which toggles 2 The memory asserts the WAIT signal aligned to NEx or NOE NWE not toggling if then otherwise where max_wait_assertion_time is the maximum time taken by the memory t...

Page 1621: ...ata size 8 bits FMC_CLK HCLK 4 If CLKDIV 1 MWID 16 bits AHB data size 8 bits FMC_CLK HCLK 2 NOR Flash memories specify a minimum time from NADV assertion to CLK high To meet this constraint the FMC do...

Page 1622: ...hip Select signal when the last data is strobed Such transfers are not the most efficient in terms of cycles compared to asynchronous read operations Nevertheless a random asynchronous access would fi...

Page 1623: ...ms Figure 472 Synchronous multiplexed read mode waveforms NOR PSRAM CRAM 1 Byte lane outputs BL are not shown for NOR access they are held high and for PSRAM CRAM access DGGU GDWD GDWD DGGU 0HPRU WUDQ...

Page 1624: ...nous read 11 WAITCFG to be set according to memory 10 WRAPMOD 0x0 9 WAITPOL to be set according to memory 8 BURSTEN 0x1 7 Reserved 0x1 6 FACCEN Set according to memory support NOR Flash memory 5 4 MWI...

Page 1625: ...ts are not shown they are held low while NEx is active DDR DATA ADDR EMORY TRANSACTION BURST OF HALF WORDS X 7 I 6 7 4 7 4 CLOCK CLOCK 4 4 INSERTED WAIT STATE AI F CYCLES DATA Table 282 FMC_BCRx bit f...

Page 1626: ...needed 3 2 MTYP 1 0 0x1 1 MUXEN As needed 0 MBKEN 0x1 Table 283 FMC_BTRx bit fields Bit No Bit name Value to set 31 30 Reserved 0x0 29 28 ACCMOD 0x0 27 24 DATLAT Data latency 23 20 CLKDIV 0x0 to get...

Page 1627: ...LKEN bit of the FMC_BCR2 4 registers is don t care It is only enabled through the FMC_BCR1 register Bank 1 must be configured in synchronous mode to generate the FMC_CLK continuous clock Note If CCLKE...

Page 1628: ...ble bit This bit indicates whether write operations are enabled disabled in the bank by the FMC 0 Write operations are disabled in the bank by the FMC an AHB error is reported 1 Write operations are e...

Page 1629: ...ries 00 8 bits 01 16 bits default after reset 10 32 bits 11 reserved do not use Bits 3 2 MTYP 1 0 Memory type Defines the type of external memory attached to the corresponding memory bank 00 SRAM defa...

Page 1630: ...cycles 2 to issue to the memory before reading writing the first data This timing parameter is not expressed in HCLK periods but in FMC_CLK periods For asynchronous accesses this value is don t care 0...

Page 1631: ...static banks A synchronous write access in burst or single mode and a synchronous read from the same or a different bank An asynchronous and a synchronous write to any static or dynamic memory bank e...

Page 1632: ...Example Mode1 write access DATAST 1 Data phase duration DATAST 1 2 HCLK clock cycles Note In synchronous accesses this value is don t care Bits 7 4 ADDHLD 3 0 Address hold phase duration These bits a...

Page 1633: ...ration The programmed bus turnaround delay is inserted between a an asynchronous write transfer and any other asynchronous synchronous read or write transfer to from a static bank for a read operation...

Page 1634: ...ycles 1111 1111 DATAST phase duration 255 HCLK clock cycles default value after reset Bits 7 4 ADDHLD 3 0 Address hold phase duration These bits are written by software to define the duration of the a...

Page 1635: ...emory wait Minimum duration in HCLK clock cycles of the command assertion Read Write AHB clock cycle HCLK 2 255 Memory hold Number of clock cycles HCLK during which the address must be held as well as...

Page 1636: ...FMC Table 287 16 bit PC Card FMC signal name I O Function A 10 0 O Address bus NIORD O Output enable for I O space NIOWR O Write enable for I O space NREG O Register signal indicating if access is in...

Page 1637: ...define number of HCLK cycles for the three phases of any PC Card CompactFlash or NAND Flash access plus one parameter that defines the timing for starting driving the data bus when a write access is...

Page 1638: ...ash memory PC Card address mapping for timing configuration 4 The CPU performs a byte write to the common memory space with data byte equal to one Flash command byte for example 0x00 for Samsung NAND...

Page 1639: ...e NAND Flash device by restarting at step 2 37 6 5 NAND Flash prewait functionality Some NAND Flash devices require that after writing the last part of the address the controller waits for the R NB si...

Page 1640: ...Flash data bus and read write signals NCE and NWE each time the NAND Flash memory bank is active The ECC operates as follows When accessing NAND Flash memory bank 2 or bank 3 the data present on the D...

Page 1641: ...mory space combined with nCE2 nCE1 Note that nREG must also be asserted low when accessing I O space Three type of accesses are allowed for a 16 bit PC Card Accesses to Common Memory space for data st...

Page 1642: ...lock cycles 37 6 8 NAND Flash PC Card controller registers PC Card NAND Flash control registers 2 4 FMC_PCR2 4 Address offset 0x40 0x20 x 1 x 2 4 Reset value 0x0000 0018 X 0 0 0 1 0 1 X X 0 Attribute...

Page 1643: ...fault 1111 16 HCLK cycles Note SET is MEMSET or ATTSET according to the addressed space Bits 12 9 TCLR 3 0 CLE to RE delay Sets time from CLE low to RE low in number of AHB clock cycles HCLK Time is t...

Page 1644: ...bank is disabled default after reset 1 Corresponding memory bank is enabled Bit 1 PWAITEN Wait feature enable bit Enables the Wait feature for the PC Card NAND Flash memory bank 0 disabled 1 enabled...

Page 1645: ...curred 1 Interrupt high level occurred Bit 0 IRS Interrupt rising edge status The flag is set by hardware and reset by software 0 No interrupt rising edge occurred 1 Interrupt rising edge occurred Not...

Page 1646: ...duced by deasserting NWAIT 1111 1111 Reserved Bits 7 0 MEMSET 7 0 Common memory x setup time Defines the number of HCLK 1 clock cycles to set up the address before the command assertion NWE NOE for PC...

Page 1647: ...of NWAIT 1111 1110 255 HCLK cycles wait cycle introduced by the card deasserting NWAIT 1111 1111 Reserved Bits 7 0 ATTSET 7 0 Attribute memory x setup time Defines the number of HCLK 1 clock cycles to...

Page 1648: ...to assert the command SMNWE SMNOE for PC Card read or write access to I O space on socket x The duration for command assertion is extended if the wait signal NWAIT is active low at the end of the pro...

Page 1649: ...the ECCPS field in the FMC_PCRx registers the CPU must read the computed ECC value from the FMC_ECCx registers It then verifies if these computed parity data are the same as the parity value recorded...

Page 1650: ...ncy of 1 2 3 Cacheable Read FIFO with depth of 6 lines x32 bit 6 x14 bit address tag 37 7 2 SDRAM External memory interface signals At startup the SDRAM I O pins used to interface the FMC SDRAM contro...

Page 1651: ...Typical number is 8 7 Configure the MRD field according to your SDRAM device set the MODE bits to 100 and configure the Target Bank bits CTB1 and or CTB2 in the FMC_SDCMR register to issue a Load Mod...

Page 1652: ...the WP bit in the FMC_SDCRx register Figure 476 Burst write SDRAM access waveforms The SDRAM controller always checks the next access If the next access is in the same row or in another active row the...

Page 1653: ...e column address 2 bits to select the internal bank and the active row and 1 bit to select the SDRAM device When the end of the row is reached in advance during an AHB burst read the data read in adva...

Page 1654: ...uring the CAS latency period and the RPIPE delay if configured This is done by incrementing the memory address The following condition must be met RBURST control bit should be set to 1 in the FMC_SDCR...

Page 1655: ...k boundary management When a read or write access crosses a row boundary if the next read or write access is sequential and the current access was performed to a row boundary the SDRAM controller exec...

Page 1656: ...ad access crossing row boundary Figure 480 Write access crossing row boundary 3 6 ATA 3 2 3 3 OL A OL A OL B 2OW N NA N A 3 420 3 LATENCY 7 0RECHARGE CTIVATE 2OW 2EAD OMMAND 2OW N 42 3 6 ATA 3 2 3 3 N...

Page 1657: ...ange is violated and an AHB error is generated SDRAM controller refresh cycle The Auto refresh command is used to refresh the SDRAM device content The SDRAM controller periodically issues auto refresh...

Page 1658: ...nt to the memory before activating the Self refresh mode and the BUSY status flag remains set In Self refresh mode all SDRAM device inputs become don t care except for SDCKE which remains low The SDRA...

Page 1659: ...by setting the MODE bits to 110 and by configuring the Target Bank bits CTB1 and or CTB2 in the FMC_SDCMR register 02 2 3 3 4 4 4 4N 4 4 T2 3 MIN 0 54 2 2 3 0 OR 2 4 54 2 2 3 5 3 ATA I T20 0RECHARGE...

Page 1660: ...evice cannot remain in Power down mode longer than the refresh period and cannot perform the Auto refresh cycles by itself Therefore the SDRAM controller carries out the refresh operation by executing...

Page 1661: ...d only Bit 12 RBURST Burst read This bit enables burst read mode The SDRAM controller anticipates the next read commands during the CAS latency and stores data in the Read FIFO 0 single read requests...

Page 1662: ...bits 11 reserved do not use Bits 3 2 NR 1 0 Number of row address bits These bits define the number of bits of a row address 00 11 bit 01 12 bits 10 13 bits 11 reserved do not use Bits 1 0 NC 1 0 Numb...

Page 1663: ...devices are used the FMC_SDTR1 and FMC_SDTR2 must be programmed with the same TWR timing corresponding to the slowest SDRAM device Bits 15 12 TRC 3 0 Row cycle delay These bits define the delay betwe...

Page 1664: ...to CTB1 and CTB2 command bits This register is the same for both SDRAM banks Bits 3 0 TMRD 3 0 Load Mode Register to Active These bits define the delay between a Load Mode Register command and an Act...

Page 1665: ...he register is 0 no refresh is carried out This register must not be reprogrammed after the initialization procedure to avoid modifying the refresh rate Each time a refresh pulse is generated this 13...

Page 1666: ...Interrupt is disabled 1 An Interrupt is generated if RE 1 Bits 13 1 COUNT 12 0 Refresh Timer Count This 13 bit field defines the refresh rate of the SDRAM device It is expressed in number of memory c...

Page 1667: ...KEN 0x08 FMC_BCR2 Reserved CBURSTRW CPSIZE 2 0 ASYNCWAIT EXTMOD WAITEN WREN WAITCFG WRAPMOD WAITPOL BURSTEN Reserved FACCEN MWID 1 0 MTYP 1 0 MUXEN MBKEN 0x10 FMC_BCR3 Reserved CBURSTRW CPSIZE 2 0 ASY...

Page 1668: ...HIZ 7 0 MEMHOLD 7 0 MEMWAIT 7 0 MEMSET 7 0 0x88 FMC_PMEM3 MEMHIZ 7 0 MEMHOLD 7 0 MEMWAIT 7 0 MEMSET 7 0 0xA8 FMC_PMEM4 MEMHIZ 7 0 MEMHOLD 7 0 MEMWAIT 7 0 MEMSET 7 0 0x6C FMC_PATT2 ATTHIZ 7 0 ATTHOLD 7...

Page 1669: ...troller FMC 1669 0x154 FMC_SDRTR Reserved REIE COUNT 12 0 CRE 0x158 FMC_SDSR Reserved BUSY MODES2 1 0 MODES1 1 0 RE Table 292 FMC register map continued Offset Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 2...

Page 1670: ...ation is complete the core and the system may be restored and program execution resumed The debug features are used by the debugger host when connecting to and debugging the STM32F4xx MCUs Two interfa...

Page 1671: ...supported by the ARM Cortex M4 with FPU core refer to the Cortex M4 with FPU r0p1 Technical Reference Manual and to the CoreSight Design Kit r0p1 TRM see Section 38 2 Reference ARM documentation 38 2...

Page 1672: ...ay it is possible to activate the SWDP using only the SWCLK and SWDIO pins This sequence is 1 Send more than 50 TCK cycles with TMS SWDIO 1 2 Send the 16 bit sequence on TMS SWDIO 0111100111100111 MSB...

Page 1673: ...ecause the deactivation of the JTAGSW pins is done in two cycles to guarantee a clean level on the nTRST and TCK input signals of the core Cycle 1 the JTAGSW input signals to the core are tied to 1 or...

Page 1674: ...ll up JTDI Internal pull up JTMS SWDIO Internal pull up TCK SWCLK Internal pull down Once a JTAG IO is released by the user software the GPIO controller takes control again The reset states of the GPI...

Page 1675: ...debug pins remember that they will be first configured either in input pull up nTRST TMS TDI or pull down TCK or output tristate TDO for a certain duration after reset until the instant when the user...

Page 1676: ...ug support DBG RM0090 1676 1731 DocID018909 Rev 11 Figure 485 JTAG TAP connections OUNDARY SCAN 4 0 4234 ORTEX 4 0 4 3 4 3 N4234 4 3 N4234 4 4 4 4 4 4 37 0 34 XXX 3ELECTED 2 IS BIT WIDE 2 IS BIT WIDE...

Page 1677: ...reset Only the DEV_ID 11 0 should be used for identification by the debugger programmer tools DBGMCU_IDCODE Address 0xE004 2000 Only 32 bits access supported Read only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21...

Page 1678: ...e ARM documentation 38 6 4 Cortex M4 with FPU JEDEC 106 ID code The ARM Cortex M4 with FPU integrates a JEDEC 106 ID code It is located in the 4KB ROM table mapped on the internal PPB bus at address 0...

Page 1679: ...ite request Bits 2 1 A 3 2 2 bit address sub address AP registers Bit 0 RnW Read request 1 or write request 0 When transferring data OUT Bits 34 3 DATA 31 0 32 bit data which is read following a read...

Page 1680: ...ency 38 8 2 SW protocol sequence Each sequence consist of three phases 1 Packet request 8 bits transmitted by the host 2 Acknowledge response 3 bits transmitted by the target 3 Data transfer phase 33...

Page 1681: ...inactive until the target reads this ID code The SW DP state machine is in RESET STATE either after power on reset or after the DP has switched from JTAG to SWD or after the line is high for more tha...

Page 1682: ...accepted even if the write buffer is full Because of the asynchronous clock domains SWCLK and HCLK two extra SWCLK cycles are needed after a write transaction after the parity bit to make the write ef...

Page 1683: ...pported AHB AP transactions bypass the FPB The address of the 32 bits AHP AP resisters are 6 bits wide up to 64 words or 256 bytes and consists of c Bits 7 4 the bits 7 4 APBANKSEL of the DP SELECT re...

Page 1684: ...d controls transfers through the AHB interface size hprot status on current transfer address increment type 0x04 AHB AP Transfer Address 0x0C AHB AP Data Read Write 0x10 AHB AP Banked Data 0 Directly...

Page 1685: ...Monitor Control Register enable the bit0 C_DEBUGEN of the Debug Halting Control and Status Register Table 302 Core debug registers Register Description DHCSR The 32 bit Debug Halting Control and Stat...

Page 1686: ...xecuted any instructions In addition it is possible to program any debug features under System Reset Note It is highly recommended for the debugger host to connect set a breakpoint in the reset vector...

Page 1687: ...packets and the ITM emits them Time stamping Timestamps are emitted relative to packets The ITM contains a 21 bit counter to generate the timestamp The Cortex M4 with FPU clock or the bit clock rate o...

Page 1688: ...ess Write 0xC5ACCE55 to unlock Write Access to the other ITM registers E0000E80 ITM trace control Bits 31 24 Always 0 Bits 23 Busy Bits 22 16 7 bits ATB ID which identifies the source of the trace dat...

Page 1689: ...er source is selected using the Trigger Event Register 0xE0041008 An event could be a simple event address match from an address comparator or a logic equation between 2 events The trigger source is o...

Page 1690: ...trace pins assignment 38 16 1 Debug support for low power modes To enter low power mode the instruction WFI or WFE must be executed The MCU implements several low power modes which can either deactiva...

Page 1691: ...required for watchdog purposes For the bxCAN the user can choose to block the update of the receive register during a breakpoint For the I2 C the user can choose to block the SMBUS timeout during a br...

Page 1692: ...from Standby 1 FCLK On HCLK On In this case the digital part is not unpowered and FCLK and HCLK are provided by the internal RC oscillator which remains active In addition the MCU generate a system r...

Page 1693: ...2 receive registers are frozen Bit 24 Reserved must be kept at reset value Bit 23 DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted 0 Same behavior as in normal mode 1 The SMBUS ti...

Page 1694: ...e core is halted 1 The clock of the involved Timer counter is stopped when the core is halted 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Reserved DBG_TIM11 _STOP DBG_TIM10 _STOP DBG_TIM9_ STOP rw...

Page 1695: ...m encapsulates the trace source ID that is then captured by a trace port analyzer TPA The core embeds a simple TPIU especially designed for low cost debug consisting of a special version of the CoreSi...

Page 1696: ...ynchronous Asynchronous mode 1 extra pin is needed Synchronous mode from 2 to 5 extra pins are needed depending on the size of the data trace port register 1 2 or 4 TRACECK TRACED 0 if port size is co...

Page 1697: ...use bytes consisting of 1 bit LSB to indicate it is a DATA byte 0 or an ID byte 1 7 bits MSB which can be data or change of source ID trace one byte of auxiliary bits where each bit corresponds to one...

Page 1698: ...trigger can only be generated by the DWT Refer to the registers DWT Control Register bits SYNCTAP 11 10 and the DWT Current PC Sampler Cycle Count Register The TPUI Frame synchronization packet 0x7F_F...

Page 1699: ...nder reset is different from the one after reset release This is because the RC calibration is the default one under system reset and is updated at each system reset release Consequently the trace por...

Page 1700: ...gers are indicated Bits 7 4 always 0 Bits 3 2 always 0 Bit 1 EnFCont In Sync Trace mode Select_Pin_Protocol register bit1 0 00 this bit is forced to 1 the formatter is automatically enabled in continu...

Page 1701: ...d DBG_IWDG_STOP DBG_WWDG_STOP Reserved DBG_RTC_STOP DBG_TIM14_STOP DBG_TIM13_STOP DBG_TIM12_STOP DBG_TIM7_STOP DBG_TIM6_STOP DBG_TIM5_STOP DBG_TIM4_STOP DBG_TIM3_STOP DBG_TIM2_STOP Reset value 0 0 0 0...

Page 1702: ...amming the internal Flash memory to activate secure boot processes etc The 96 bit unique device identifier provides a reference number which is unique for any device and in any context These bits can...

Page 1703: ...0 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 U_ID 95 80 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 U_ID 79 64 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r Bits 31 0 U_ID 95 64 95 64 Uniqu...

Page 1704: ...gister PWR_CSR RCC Updated Figure 20 Simplified diagram of the reset circuit and minimum reset pulse duration guaranteed by pulse generator restricted to internal reset sources GPIOs Updated Section 8...

Page 1705: ...e and Downcounting mode in Section 17 3 2 Counter modes and Section 17 3 3 Repetition counter Updated bits that control the dead time generation in Section 17 3 11 Complementary outputs and dead time...

Page 1706: ...onnection in Section 14 4 3 Removed note 1 related to OC1M bits in Section 18 4 13 TIMx capture compare register 1 TIMx_CCR1 Updated TIMx_CCER bit description for TIM2 to TIM5 in Section 18 4 9 TIMx c...

Page 1707: ...n address register 1 I2C_OAR1 Updated definition of PE bit and note related to SWRST bit moved note related to STOP bit to the whole register in Section 27 6 1 I2C Control register 1 I2C_CR1 USART Sec...

Page 1708: ...B OTG FS Updated remote wakeup signaling bit and the resume interrupt in Section Suspended state Added peripheral register access in Section 34 16 OTG_FS control and status registerss Updated INEPTXSA...

Page 1709: ...and transactions Removed caution note in Section 36 6 1 External memory interface signalss Updated Table 244 16 bit PC Card Updated step 3 in Section 36 6 4 NAND Flash operations Updated Figure 453 Ac...

Page 1710: ...bit access type from rw to w and bit description updated in Section 10 5 3 DMA low interrupt flag clear register DMA_LIFCR and Section 10 5 4 DMA high interrupt flag clear register DMA_HIFCR Updated...

Page 1711: ...t in Section 5 5 1 PWR power control register PWR_CR for STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx SYSCFG Added ADCxDC2 bit in Section 8 2 3 SYSCFG peripheral mode configuration register SYSCFG_PMC for STM32F42xxx...

Page 1712: ...ces between Mode D and mode 1 in Section Mode D asynchronous access with extended address Updated NWAIT signal in Figure 447 Asynchronous wait during a read access Figure 448 Asynchronous wait during...

Page 1713: ...requency value in description of OSPEEDR bits Corrected typos IDRy 15 0 replaced with IDRy in GPIOx_IDR register ODRy 15 0 replaced with ODRy in GPIOx_ODR register and OTy 1 0 replaced with OTy in GPI...

Page 1714: ...CompactFlash operations Updated WREN bit in Table 226 Table 227 Table 228 Table 231 Table 234 Table 237 Table 240 and Table 244 Updated Section 36 5 4 NOR Flash PSRAM controller asynchronous transacti...

Page 1715: ...7 Selecting an alternate function on STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx DMA Updated Section 10 3 7 Pointer incrementation and Section 10 3 11 Single and burst transfers INTERRUPTS AND EVENTS Updated Table 62...

Page 1716: ...NAND Flash PC Card controller waveforms for common memory access Updated Section SRAM NOR Flash chip select control registers 1 4 FMC_BCR1 4 Section SRAM NOR Flash chip select timing registers 1 4 FM...

Page 1717: ...G_MEMRMP LTDC Changed resolution do XGA 1024x768 in Section 16 2 LTDC main features Section 16 4 1 LTDC Global configuration parameters and updated Section 16 7 3 LTDC Active Width Configuration Regis...

Page 1718: ...ad mode waveforms NOR PSRAM CRAM Updated DATLAT bits definition in Section SRAM NOR Flash chip select timing registers 1 4 FMC_BTR1 4 Updated FMC_BWTRx register address offsets in Table 292 FMC regist...

Page 1719: ...x IWDG timeout period at 32 kHz LSI CRYPTO and HASH Removed STM32F405 407xx and STM32F42xx from the whole sections Removed STM32F405 407xx and STM32F42xx from the whole section TIM10 11 13 14 Added TI...

Page 1720: ...Refresh Timer register FMC_SDRTR and updated definition of COUNT bits Updated EXTMOD definition in Section SRAM NOR Flash chip select control registers 1 4 FMC_BCR1 4 Updated ADDSET definition in Sect...

Page 1721: ...Table 29 Stop mode entry and exit STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx Updated Section Entering Standby mode Section Exiting Standby mode and Table 30 Standby mode entry and exit RCC Updated bits 24 to 31 acc...

Page 1722: ...200 TRDT values FMC Updated FMC_NL in Figure 454 FMC block diagram Updated Memory wait and Memory data bus high z parameters in Table 284 Programmable NAND Flash PC Card access parameters Updated Sect...

Page 1723: ...ontroller LTDC Corrected the bit field for WHSTPOS in the second bullet point in Section Window in Section 16 4 2 Layer programmable parameters Advanced control timers TIM1 TIM8 Added the note in Sect...

Page 1724: ...SMC_PME2 4 register in Section 36 5 5 Synchronous transactions Updated ATTSET ATTHOLD ATTHIZ bit field descriptions for FSMC_PATT2 4 register in Section 36 5 5 Synchronous transactions Updated IRS and...

Page 1725: ...or FMC_SR2 4 in Section 37 6 8 NAND Flash PC Card controller registers Updated the section SDRAM initialization with the last item in the numbered list in Section 37 7 5 SDRAM controller registers Ren...

Page 1726: ...ng registers 1 4 FSMC_BWTR1 4 and Section SRAM NOR Flash chip select timing registers 1 4 FSMC_BTR1 4 Updated note related to IRS and IFS bits in Section FIFO status and interrupt register 2 4 FSMC_SR...

Page 1727: ...41 CRYP_DIN 745 CRYP_DMACR 747 CRYP_DOUT 746 CRYP_IMSCR 747 CRYP_IV0LR 751 CRYP_IV0RR 751 CRYP_IV1LR 752 CRYP_IV1RR 752 CRYP_K0LR 749 CRYP_K0RR 749 CRYP_K1LR 750 CRYP_K1RR 750 CRYP_K2LR 750 CRYP_K2RR...

Page 1728: ...AECR 1207 ETH_MMCRFCECR 1206 ETH_MMCRGUFCR 1207 ETH_MMCRIMR 1204 ETH_MMCRIR 1202 ETH_MMCTGFCR 1206 ETH_MMCTGFMSCCR 1206 ETH_MMCTGFSCCR 1205 ETH_MMCTIMR 1205 ETH_MMCTIR 1203 ETH_PTPPPSCR 1214 ETH_PTPSS...

Page 1729: ...1404 OTG_FS_GNPTXFSIZ 1279 1413 OTG_FS_GNPTXSTS 1279 1413 OTG_FS_GOTGCTL 1262 1393 OTG_FS_GOTGINT 1264 1395 OTG_FS_GRSTCTL 1268 1401 OTG_FS_GRXFSIZ 1278 1412 OTG_FS_GRXSTSP 1277 1411 OTG_FS_GRXSTSR 12...

Page 1730: ...SPI_I2SCFGR 915 SPI_I2SPR 916 SPI_RXCRCR 914 SPI_SR 912 SPI_TXCRCR 914 SYSCFG_EXTICR1 293 299 SYSCFG_EXTICR2 293 300 SYSCFG_EXTICR3 294 300 SYSCFG_EXTICR4 295 301 SYSCFG_MEMRMP 291 296 T TIM2_OR 637 T...

Page 1731: ...urchasers are solely responsible for the choice selection and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or the design of Purchasers products No license express or impli...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for STM32F405

FAAC E550 Manual preview
E550
Brand: FAAC Pages: 12
Häfele 633.03.298 Quick Start Manual preview
633.03.298
Brand: Häfele Pages: 2
Häfele 633.03.298 Operating Instructions Manual preview
633.03.298
Brand: Häfele Pages: 24
Hama Outlandish Operating Instruction preview
Outlandish
Brand: Hama Pages: 17
JANE NEXT Instructions Manual preview
NEXT
Brand: JANE Pages: 144
Eaton LS Series Instruction Leaflet preview
LS Series
Brand: Eaton Pages: 2
Samson 2479 Mounting And Operating Instructions preview
2479
Brand: Samson Pages: 78
Raypak RayTemp Installation & Operating Instructions Manual preview
RayTemp
Brand: Raypak Pages: 24
J+J S 20 Handbook preview
S 20
Brand: J+J Pages: 91
RadioMaster MT12 Quick Start Manual preview
MT12
Brand: RadioMaster Pages: 10
Xblue Networks X16 Quick Reference Card preview
X16
Brand: Xblue Networks Pages: 2
Universal Remote Genesis MX-900 Manual preview
Genesis MX-900
Brand: Universal Remote Pages: 20
Jetter JetWeb JX2-PRN1 Operator'S Manual preview
JetWeb JX2-PRN1
Brand: Jetter Pages: 25
Bender CC613-H Series Manual preview
CC613-H Series
Brand: Bender Pages: 28
Hirschmann PRS 80 Operators & Service Manual preview
PRS 80
Brand: Hirschmann Pages: 48
Nibe RMU S40 Installer Manual preview
RMU S40
Brand: Nibe Pages: 84
IBC control F21009301 Manual preview
F21009301
Brand: IBC control Pages: 16
praher SUPERSTAR E-3000/F2 Operating Instructions Manual preview
SUPERSTAR E-3000/F2
Brand: praher Pages: 10

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands